FILE No.

AE0-2101W

AIR TO WATER HEAT PUMP

Service Manual
Model name:

Hydro unit -Wall Mounted Type- Outdoor unit

HWT-601XWHM3W-E(TR) HWT-401HW-E(TR)
HWT-601XWHT6W-E(TR) HWT-601HW-E(TR)
HWT-1101XWHM3W-E(TR) HWT-801HW-E(TR)
HWT-1101XWHT6W-E(TR) HWT-1101HW-E(TR)
HWT-1101XWHT9W-E(TR) HWT-801HRW-E
HWT-1101HRW-E
Contents
1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2 Construction views (External views) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2-3.Hot water cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3 Refrigeration cycle / Water system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

3-1.Water system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3-2.Refrigeration cycle system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

4 Wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4-3.Hot water cylinder unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

5 Key electric component rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

5-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5-3.Hot water cylinder unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5-4.Water heat exchange control board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5-5.Outdoor control board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

6 Refrigerant (R32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6-1.Safety during installation / servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6-2.Refrigerant piping installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6-2-1.Piping materials and joints used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6-2-2.Processing of piping materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6-3.Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6-3-1.Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6-4.Recharging of refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6-5.Brazing of pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6-5-1.Materials for brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6-5-2.Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6-5-3.Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6-6.Instructions for re-use piping of R22 or R407C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6-6-1.Basic conditions needed to reuse the existing pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6-6-2.Restricted items to use the existing pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6-6-3.Branching pipe for simultaneous operation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6-6-4.Curing of pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6-6-5.Final installation checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6-6-6.Handling of existing pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6-6-7.Recovering refrigerant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

1
 6-7.Charging additional refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6-7-1.[Assumed gas leak] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6-7-2.[Limiting the additional charge] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6-7-3.[Cautions on charging additional refrigerant] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6-8.General safety precautions for using R32 refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6-8-1.Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6-8-2.Decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6-8-3.Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

7 Operational description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
8 Method of defect diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
8-1.Matters to be confirmed first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-1-1.Check the power supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-1-2.Check for any miswiring of the connection cables between the hydro unit
and the outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-1-3.About the installation of the temperature sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-2.Non-defective operation (program operation) … No fault code display appears.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8-3.Outline of the determination diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-3-1.Procedure of defect diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-3-2.How to determine from the check code on the remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-3-3.How to cancel a check code on the remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8-3-4.How to diagnose by error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
8-4.Diagnosis flow chart for each error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
8-4-1.Hydro unit failure detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
8-4-2.Outdoor unit failure detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
8-4-3.Temperature sensor, temperature-resistance characteristic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
8-5.Operation check by PC board switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8-5-1.Operation check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8-6.Brief method for checking the key components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
8-6-1.Hydro unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
8-6-2.Outdoor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

9 Hydro unit and outdoor unit settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

10 Replacement of the service PC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
11 How to exchange main parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
12 For cooling installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
13 Periodic inspection items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
14 Part exploded view, part list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

2
Generic denomination: Air to Water Heat Pump

Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person

The Air to Water Heat Pump must be installed, maintained, repaired and removed by a qualified installer or
qualified service person.
When any of these jobs is to be done, ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them.
A qualified installer or qualified service person is an agent who has the qualifications and knowledge
described in the table below.

Agent Qualifications and knowledge which the agent must have

Qualified installer • The qualified installer is a person who installs, maintains, relocates and removes the Air to Water Heat Pump
(*1) made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o..
He or she has been trained to install, maintain, relocate and remove the Air to Water Heat Pump made by
Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such
operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the
knowledge related to these operations.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, relocation and removal
has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he
or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the Air to Water Heat Pump
made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed
in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with
the knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in installation,
relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and piping work as
stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters
relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the Air to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-
conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual
or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this
work.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working at
heights with the Air to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or,
alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been
trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
Qualified service • The qualified service person is a person who installs, repairs, maintains, relocates and removes the Air to
person (*1) Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o.. He or she has been trained
to install, repair, maintain, relocate and remove the Air to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-
conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such operations by an
individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related
to these operations.
• The qualified service person who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, repair, relocation
and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws and
regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical work on the Air
to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she
has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus
thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified service person who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in
installation, repair, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and
piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained
in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the Air to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba
Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by
an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge
related to this work.
• The qualified service person who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to working
at heights with the Air to Water Heat Pump made by Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o. or,
alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been
trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.

3
Definition of protective gear
When the Air to Water Heat Pump is to be transported, installed, maintained, repaired or removed, wear protective
gloves and “safety” work clothing.
In addition to such normal protective gear, wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special
work detailed in the table below.
Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury, burns,
electric shocks and other injuries.

Work undertaken Protective gear worn

All types of work Protective gloves
“Safety” working clothing
Electrical-related work Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat
Insulating shoes
Clothing to provide protection from electric shock
Work done at heights (50 cm or Helmets for use in industry
more)
Transportation of heavy objects Shoes with additional protective toe cap
Repair of Outdoor Unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat

4
The unit and this service guide list very important safety precautions.
Understand the following details (indications and symbols) before reading the body text, and follow the instructions.

The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual.
Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents
(Indications / Illustrated marks), and keep them.

[Explanation of indications]
Indication Explanation

Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of
DANGER the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed.

Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the
WARNING repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.
Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (*) may be caused on the
CAUTION repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work
when an incorrect work has been executed.

* Property damage: Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet.

[Explanation of illustrated marks]

Mark Explanation

Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents.

Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do)

The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents.

Indicates cautions (Including danger / warning)

The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious
contents.

5
Warning indications on the Air to Water Heat Pump
[Confirmation of warning label on the main unit]
Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions
If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original.

This mark is for R32 refrigerant only. Refrigerant type is written on nameplate of
Outdoor Unit.
WARNING In case that refrigerant type is R32, this unit uses a flammable refrigerant.
(Risk of fire) If refrigerant leaks and comes in contact with fire or heating part, it will create
harmful gas and there is risk of fire.

Read the OWNER’S MANUAL carefully before operation.

Service personnel are required to carefully read the OWNER’S MANUAL and INSTALLATION MANUAL
before operation.

Further information is available in the OWNER’S MANUAL, INSTALLATION MANUAL, and the like.

Warning indication Description

WARNING WARNING

ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before
Disconnect all remote electric servicing.
power supplies before servicing.

WARNING WARNING

Moving parts.
Moving parts.
Do not operate unit with grille removed.
Do not operate unit with grille removed.
Stop the unit before the servicing.
Stop the unit before the servicing.

CAUTION CAUTION

High temperature parts. High temperature parts.

You might get burned when removing You might get burned when removing this panel.
this panel.

CAUTION CAUTION

Do not touch the aluminum fins of the unit. Do not touch the aluminum fins of the unit.
Doing so may result in injury.
Doing so may result in injury.

CAUTION CAUTION

BURST HAZARD BURST HAZARD

Open the service valves before the Open the service valves before the operation, otherwise
operation, otherwise there might be the there might be the burst.
burst.

6
Precaution for safety
The appliance shall be installed in accordance with national wiring regulations. Capacity shortages of the power
circuit or an incomplete installation may cause an electric shock or fire.

DANGER
Before carrying out the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work, be sure to set the circuit breaker to the
OFF position. Otherwise, electric shocks may result.
Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit, set the circuit breaker to the
OFF position.
Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior
parts.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor
Turn off breaker unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required.
Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard, be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF
position, and place a “Work in progress” sign on the circuit breaker.
When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit, set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail, and place a
“Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work.
Do not turn ON the circuit breaker under the condition of removing a cabinet, a panel, etc.
Otherwise, it leads to an electric shock with a high voltage, resulting in loss of life.

Prohibition

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

7
 WARNING
Before starting to repair the Air to Water Heat Pump, read carefully through the Service Manual, and repair the
Air to Water Heat Pump by following its instructions.
Only qualified service person (*1) is allowed to repair the Air to Water Heat Pump.
Repair of the Air to Water Heat Pump by unqualified person may give rise to a fire, electric shocks, injury, water
leaks and/or other problems.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the Air
to Water Heat Pump.
Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work
properly may result in electric shocks and/or electrical leaks.
Wear protective gloves and safety work clothing during installation, servicing and removal.
When connecting the electrical wires, repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs, wear
gloves to provide protection for electricians, insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric
shocks.
Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks.
Use wiring that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and
laws.
Use of wiring which does not meet the specifications may give rise to electric shocks, electrical leakage, smoking
and/or a fire.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand
General
of 50 cm or more.
When working at heights, use a ladder which complies with the ISO 14122 standard, and follow the procedure in
the ladder’s instructions.
Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work.
When working at heights, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location, before proceeding
with the work.
Parts and other objects may fall from above, possibly injuring a person below.
Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit.
You may injure yourself if you do so. If the fin must be touched for some reason, first put on protective gloves and
safety work clothing, and then proceed.
Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit.
You may fall or the objects may fall of the outdoor unit and result in injury.
When transporting the Air to Water Heat Pump, wear shoes with additional protective toecap.
When transporting the Air to Water Heat Pump, do not hold the bands around the packing carton.
You may injure yourself if the bands should break.
This Air to Water Heat Pump has passed the pressure test as specified in IEC 60335-2-40 Annex EE.
When you access inside of the electric cover to repair electric parts, wait for about five minutes after turning off
the breaker.
Do not start repairing immediately.
If a fault exists that could compromise safety, then no electrical supply shall be connected to the circuit until it is
satisfactorily dealt with. If the fault cannot be corrected immediately but it is necessary to continue operation, an
adequate temporary solution shall be used. This shall be reported to the owner of the equipment so all parties are
advised.
Electric shock Initial safety checks shall include:
hazard - that capacitors are discharged;
Touching the terminals of charged high-voltage capacitors may cause electric shock.
Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes.
- that no live electrical components and wiring are exposed while charging, recovering or purging the system;
- that there is continuity of earth bonding;
Place a “Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker while the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work
is being carried out.
There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake.
When checking the electric parts, removing the cover of the electric parts box of Indoor Unit and/or front panel of
Outdoor Unit inevitably to determine the failure, put a sign “Do not enter” around the site before the work. Failure
Prohibition to do this may result in third person getting electric shock.
Before operating the Air to Water Heat Pump after having completed the work, check that the electrical parts box
cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed, and set the circuit breaker to the ON
position. You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks.

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

8
 WARNING
If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the
electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in
order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, wear insulated heat-resistant gloves, insulated boots and insulated
work overalls, and take care to avoid touching any live parts.
Stay on protection You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning. Only qualified service person (*1) is allowed to
do this kind of work.
Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit,
otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs. If the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an
electric engineer for rework.
After completing the repair or relocation work, check that the earth wires are connected properly.
Check earth wires Be sure to connect earth wire. (Grounding work) Incomplete earthing causes an electric shock.
Do not connect earth wires to gas pipes, water pipes, and lightning rods or earth wires for telephone wires.
Do not modify the products. Do not also disassemble or modify the parts.
It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury.

Prohibition of
modification
When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced, ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications
given in the Service Manual (or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual).
Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks, smoking and/or
a fire.
Use specified
parts Replace components only with parts specified by the manufacturer. Other parts may result in the ignition of
refrigerant in the atmosphere due to the refrigerant leak.
If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the
electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in
order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, place "Keep out" signs around the work site before proceeding.
Do not bring a Third-party individuals may enter the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded.
child close to the
equipment
Connect the cut-off lead wires with crimp contact, etc, put the closed end side upward and then apply a water-cut
method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users’ side.

Insulating
measures
When performing repairs using a gas burner, replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats
the pipes may otherwise burn.
When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures.
1) Be attentive to fire around the cycle.
When using a gas stove, etc, be sure to put out fire before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas
may catch fire.
No fire 2) Do not use a brazing in the closed room.
When using it without ventilation, carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused.
3) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the brazing may catch the
inflammables.

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

9
 WARNING
The refrigerant used by this Air to Water Heat Pump is the R32.
Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it.
For the products which use R32 refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit
where is easy to see.
To prevent miss charging, the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22.
Be careful for miss charging since a charging port of R32 is the same diameter as that of R410A.
Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement.
Otherwise, abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle, which may result in a failure or
explosion of the product or an injury to your body.
For an Air to Water Heat Pump which uses R32, never use other refrigerant than R32.
For an Air to Water Heat Pump which uses other refrigerant (R22, R410A etc.), never use R32.
If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury
due to breakage may be caused.
If the different type of refrigerants are mixed in, be sure to recharge the refrigerant.
Do not charge refrigerant additionally.
If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle
changes resulted in change of Air to Water Heat Pump characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard
Refrigerant amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in
cause of breakage or injury.
Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the Air to Water Heat Pump, execute vacuuming,
and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant.
In this time, never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount.
When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R32 into the
specified refrigerant.
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted
in cause of injury due to breakage.
After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak. If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and
flows near a fire source, such as a cooking range, it may generate noxious gases, causing a fire.
Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit.
When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device.
The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury
is caused.
After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the removed wires as before.
Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires.
If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user’s
Assembly / side.
Cabling
After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500 VMΩ) to check the resistance is 1 MΩ or
more between the charge section and the non-charge metal section (Earth position).
If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s side.
Insulator check
When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation.
If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, it may generate noxious gases, causing a fire.
A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen
occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation.
Ventilation If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately.
If the leaked refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire, it may generate noxious gases, causing a fire.

10
 WARNING
When the refrigerant gas leaks, find out the leaked position and repair it surely.
If the leaked position cannot be found out and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down and tighten the service
valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room.
When gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove, it may generate noxious gases, causing a
fire though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous.
When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant in a sub-room, it is necessary
that the concentration does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks.
If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit concentration, an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused.
Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner.
Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period, which may result in
Compulsion refrigerant leakage.
Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test.
The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack.
For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual.
If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric shock or fire is caused.
Install the outdoor unit properly in a location that is durable enough to support the weight of the outdoor unit.
Insufficient durability may cause the outdoor unit to fall, which may result in injury.
Once the repair work has been completed, check for refrigerant leaks, and check the insulation resistance and
water drainage.
Then perform a trial run to check that the Air to Water Heat Pump is running properly.
After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble. If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury
may be caused. For a check, turn off the power breaker.
Check after repair After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test run to check there is no
generation of smoke or abnormal sound.
If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the front panel and cabinet.
Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping.
• Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant.
• The valve is opened.
Do not operate Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in
the unit with the damage of the parts of the compressor and etc. and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section
valve closed of pipes, the air is suctioned and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury.
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to relocate the Air to Water Heat Pump. It
is dangerous for the Air to Water Heat Pump to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric
shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result.
Check the following items after reinstallation.
Check after 1) The earth wire is correctly connected.
reinstallation 2) The power cord is not caught in the product.
3) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable.
If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused.
When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this
part to be repaired immediately after the Air to Water Heat Pump has been shut down, set the circuit breaker to
the OFF position, and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel.
If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other
parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated
heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians.
When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor, reactor, inverter or the areas
Cooling check around these parts to be repaired immediately after the Air to Water Heat Pump has been shut down, set the
circuit breaker to the OFF position, and then wait at least 10 minutes before opening the service panel.
If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor, reactor, inverter
heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch.
In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to
protect electricians.

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

11
 WARNING
Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to install the Air to Water Heat Pump. If
the Air to Water Heat Pump is installed by an unqualified individual, a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage,
noise and/or vibration may result.
Before starting to install the Air to Water Heat Pump, read carefully through the Installation Manual, and follow its
instructions to install the Air to Water Heat Pump.
Do not install the Air to Water Heat Pump in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas.
If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit, a fire may occur.
When transporting the Air to Water Heat Pump, use a forklift truck and when moving the Air to Water Heat Pump
Installation by hand, move the unit with 4 people.
Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local
regulations and laws.
Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the agent.
Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of Air to Water Heat
Pump, otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion.
When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe.
Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause
air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and possibly
resulting in rupture, injury, etc.
Compulsion When removing the brazing parts of suction and discharge pipe for the compressor, remove them at the place
ventilated well after recovering the refrigerant. Improper recovering may cause the spurt of the refrigerant and the
refrigeration oil, causing an injury.
Do not vent gases to the atmosphere.
Venting gases to the atmosphere is prohibited by the law.

Prohibition

(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

CAUTION
Ensure wearing of gloves when performing any work in order to avoid injury from parts, etc.
Failure to wear the proper protective gloves cause an injury due to the parts, etc.

Wearing of gloves
When performing the brazing work, check whether refrigerant leaks or remains.
If the leakage refrigerant gas touches a fire source, it may generate noxious gases, causing a fire.

Confirm

12
Explanations given to user
• If you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged, do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker
to the OFF position, and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done.
Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON position until the repairs are completed.

Relocation
• Only a qualified installer (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to relocate the Air to Water Heat Pump.
It is dangerous for the Air to Water Heat Pump to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric
shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result.
• When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe.
Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause
air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and
possibly resulting in rupture, injury, etc.
(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service person”.

Note: This Air to Water Heat Pump is for residential use.

13
Refrigerant R32
This Air to Water Heat Pump adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R32) which does not deplete the ozone layer.

(1) Safety caution concerned to refrigerant R32

Be sure that water, dust, the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle
of the Air to Water Heat Pump with refrigerant R32 during installation work or service work.
If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident.
Use the tools and materials exclusive to R32 to purpose a safe work.

(2) Safety and cautions on installation / service

<Safety items>
When gas concentration and ignition energy are happened at the same time, R32 has a slight possibility of burning.
Although it will not ignite under normal work environment conditions, be aware that the flame spreads if ignition
should occur.
It is necessary to carry out installation/servicing safely while taking the following precautions into consideration.

(1) Never use refrigerant other than specified refrigerant (R32) in an Air to Water Heat Pump which is designed
to operate with the specified refrigerant (R32).
If other refrigerant than R32 is used, it may cause personal injury, etc. by a malfunction, a fire, a rupture.
(2) Since R32 is heavier than air, it tends to accumulate at the bottom (near the floor).
Ventilate properly for the working environment to prevent its combustion.
Especially in a basement or a closed room where is the high risk of the accumulation, ventilate the room with
a local exhaust ventilation.
If refrigerant leakage is confirmed in the room or the place where the ventilation is insufficient, do not work until
the proper ventilation is performed and the work environment is improved.
(3) When performing brazing work, be sure to check for leakage refrigerant or residual refrigerant.
If the leakage refrigerant comes into contact with fire, a poisonous gas may occur or it may cause a fire.
Keep adequate ventilation during the work.
(4) When refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation. If the leakage refrigerant comes into contact with
a fire, a poisonous gas may occur or it may cause a fire.
(5) No person carrying out work in relation to a refrigerating system which involves exposing any pipe work shall
use any sources of ignition in such a manner that it may lead to the risk of fire or explosion.
All possible ignition sources, including cigarette smoking, should be kept sufficiently far away from the site of
installation, repairing, removing and disposal, during which refrigerant can possibly be released to the
surrounding space.
Prior to work taking place, the area around the equipment is to be surveyed to make sure that there are no
flammable hazards or ignition risks. “No Smoking” signs shall be displayed.
(6) When installing or removing an Air to Water Heat Pump, do not mix air in the refrigerant cycle.
If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle,
causing injury due to the breakage.
(7) After installation work complete, confirm that refrigerant gas is not leaking on the flare connection part or
others. If leaked refrigerant comes to contact with a fire, toxic gas may occur, causing a fire.
(8) Perform the installation work and re-installation according to the installation manual.
Pay attention especially to the area of application. Improper installation may cause refrigeration trouble, water
leakage, electric shock, or fire etc.
(9) Unauthorized modifications to the Air to Water Heat Pump may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs please
call a qualified Air to Water Heat Pump technician or electrician.
Improper repair may result in water leakage, electric shock and fire, etc.
(10) Carry out the airtight test with nitrogen at a specified pressure. Do not use oxygen or acetylene gas absolutely
as it may cause an explosion.
(11) Always carry a refrigerant leakage detection sensor during the work and work while checking that no
refrigerant leaks around working environment.
(12) If the leakage refrigerant comes into contact with fire, it may cause a fire.
Have a dry powder or CO2 fire extinguisher adjacent to the charging area.

14
(13) During repairs to sealed components, all electrical supplies shall be disconnected from the equipment being
worked upon prior to any removal of sealed covers, etc. If it is absolutely necessary to have an electrical supply
to equipment during servicing, then a permanently operating form of leak detection shall be located at the most
critical point to warn of a potentially hazardous situation.
Particular attention shall be paid to the following to ensure that by working on electrical components, the casing
is not altered in such a way that the level of protection is affected. This shall include damage to cables,
excessive number of connections, terminals not made to original specification, damage to seals, incorrect
fitting of glands, etc.
Ensure that seals or sealing materials have not degraded to the point that they no longer serve the purpose of
preventing the ingress of flammable atmospheres. Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications.
(14) Do not apply any permanent inductive or capacitance loads to the circuit without ensuring that this will not
exceed the permissible voltage and current permitted for the equipment in use.
Intrinsically safe components are the only types that can be worked on while live in the presence of a
flammable atmosphere. The test apparatus shall be at the correct rating. Replace components only with parts
specified by the manufacturer.
Other parts may result in the ignition of refrigerant in the atmosphere from a leak.

<Caution items>
(1) The opposite side dimension of the Air to Water Heat Pump’s flared nut using R32 and the shape of the charge
port are the same as those of R410A.
(2) Be careful not to charge refrigerant by mistake. Should the different type of refrigerant mix in, be sure to
recharge the refrigerant.
(3) Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil with the refrigerant.
(4) Since the pressure of R32 is 1.6 times higher than that of the former refrigerant (R22), use tools and parts with
high pressure resistance specification similar to R410A.
(5) In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not
mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide film, oil, etc. Use the clean pipes. Be sure
to braze while flowing nitrogen gas in the pipe. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.)
(6) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge.
(7) R32 refrigerant is Single-component refrigerant that does not change its composition.
Although it is possible to charge the refrigerant with either liquid or gas, charge it with liquid.

15
(3) Pipe materials
For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used.
It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard.
Use clean pipes or joints to which little impurities adhere.

(1) Copper pipe

<Piping>
The pipe thickness, flare-finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type.
When using a long copper pipe for R32, it is recommended to select “Copper or copper-base pipe without seam”
and one with bonded oil amount 40 mg / 10 m or less.
Also do not use crushed, deformed, discolored (especially inside) pipes.
(Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.)
<Flare nut>
Use the flare nuts which are attached to the Air to Water Heat Pump unit.

Be sure to select the pipes with copper thickness in the table below since the pressure of an Air to Water Heat
Pump using R32 is higher than that of R22.

Thickness (mm) Make sure not to use a thin copper pipe

Nominal diameter Outer diameter (mm) R410A or R32 such as 0.7 mm copper thickness in the
1/4 6.4 0.80 market.
1/2 12.7 0.80
5/8 15.9 1.00

(2) Joint
The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe.
The joints are rarely used for installation of the Air to Water Heat Pump.
However clear impurities when using them.

16
(4) Tools
: R410A tools available, : Partly unavailable, : R410A tools unavailable
Installation / service tools Applicability to R32 Air to Applicability to R22 Air to
No. Use
Tools / Equipment specification Water Heat Pump or not Water Heat Pump or not

1 Flare tool Clutch type Pipe flaring

Flaring by
Copper pipe gauge for
2 ― conventional flare ―
adjusting projection margin
tool
Tightening of flare
3 Torque wrench ―
nut
Port size
4 Gauge manifold 1/2”-20UNF Evacuating, Note 2
(5/16” Flare) refrigerant charge,
run check, etc.
5 Charge hose High-voltage
Note 3 Connection diameter
6 Vacuum pump ― Vacuum drying
1/2”-20UNF (5/16” Flare) 1/4”
Note 4 Connection diameter
7 Vacuum pump adapter ― Vacuum drying
1/2”-20UNF (5/16” Flare) 1/4”
Electronic balance for For 10 kg or
8 Refrigerant charge
refrigerant charging 20 kg cylinder
9 Leakage detector ― Gas leakage check Note 5 Note 5
10 Refrigerant cylinder ― Refrigerant charge Note 6
Exclusive for Refrigerant
11 Refrigerant recovery cylinder Note 7
R32 recovery container
Refrigerant Connection diameter
12 Refrigerant recovery device ― Note 8
recovery device 1/4”

Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A or R32 using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection
margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary.
Note 2 When saturation temperature is described, the gauge manifold differs for R410A and R32.
If saturation temperature reading is required, special tools exclusive for R32 are required.
Note 3 Since R32 has a slight possibility of burning, be sure to use the tools corresponding to R32.
Note 4 Like R410, a Vacuum pump adapter needs installing to prevent a Vacuum pump oil (mineral oil) from
flowing backward into the Charge hose. Mixing of the Vacuum pump oil into R32 refrigerant may cause a
trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary, etc.
Note 5 Be sure to use those tools after confirming they correspond to each refrigerant.
Note 6 For a refrigerant cylinder exclusive for R32, the paint color (or label color) of the cylinder is set to the
specified color (light blue) together with the indication of the refrigerant name.
Note 7 Although the container specification is the same as R410A, use a recovering container exclusive for R32
to avoid mixing with other refrigerants.
Note 8 Be careful for miss charging of the refrigerant during work. Miss-charging of the refrigerant type may cause
not only damage of the equipment but also a fire etc.

▼General tools
In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments is necessary as the general tools.
1) Pipe cutter 6) Spanner or Adjustable wrench
2) Reamer 7) Hole core drill
3) Pipe bender 8) Tape measure
4) Level vial 9) Metal saw
5) Screwdriver (+, –)
Also prepare the following equipment for other installation method and run check.
1) Clamp meter 3) Insulation resistance tester (Megger)
2) Thermometer 4) Electroscope

17
1 Specifications
Unit name Hydro unit HWT-601XWHM3W-E, HWT-601XWHT6W-E
Outdoor unit HWT-401HW-E HWT-601HW-E
Heating capacity *1 (kW) 4.0 6.0
Cooling capacity *2 (kW) 4.0 5.0
Variable range of compressor frequency 10 - 80 Hz 10 - 100 Hz
Power source 1 phase 50 Hz 220-240 V
Operation mode Heating Cooling Heating Cooling
Electric characteristic *1 *2 Total Current (A) 4.08 5.38 5.78 7.11
Power (kW) 0.77 1.15 1.25 1.52
Power factor (%) 82 93 94 93
Operating noise sound power level ① Hydro unit (dB (A)) 40 40 40 40
Outdoor unit (dB (A)) 65 62 65 62
Coefficient of performance *1 *2 5.20 3.45 4.80 3.30
Hydro unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 720
Width (mm) 450
Depth (mm) 235
Net weight (kg) 27
Color White
Remote controller Height (mm) 120
Outer dimension *3 Width (mm) 120
Depth (mm) 16
Circulation pump Motor output (W) 60 (MAX)
Flow rate (L/min) 11.6 11.5 17.3 14.3
Type Non-self-suction centrifugal pump
Heat exchanger Plate-type heat exchange
Outdoor unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 630
Width (mm) 800
Depth (mm) 300
Net weight (kg) 42
Color Silky shade
Compressor Motor output (W) 1100
Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model DX150A1T-21F
Fan motor Standard air capacity (m3/min) 33.6 36.4 33.6 36.4
Motor output (W) 43
Refrigerant piping Connection method Flare connection
Hydro unit Liquid Ø6.4
Gas Ø12.7
Outdoor unit Liquid Ø6.4
Gas Ø12.7
Maximum length (m) 30
Maximum chargeless length (m) 20
Maximum height difference (m) ±30
Minimum length (m) 5
Refrigerant Refrigerant name R32
Charge amount (kg) 0.9
Water piping Pipe diameter R1
Maximum length (m) None (Need the flow rate 10 /min or more)
Maximum height difference (m) ±7
Maximum working water pressure (kPa) *4 430
Operating temperature range Hydro unit (°C) *5 (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 5-32 / 5-32 / 5-32
Outdoor unit (°C) (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 10-43 / -20-25 / -20-43
Operating humidity range Hydro unit (%) 15-85
Outdoor unit (%) 15-100
Wiring connection Power wiring 3 wires: including earth wire (Outdoor unit)
Connecting line 4 wires: including earth wire
*1 Heating performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 7°C, water supply temperature 30°C, outlet water temperature 35°C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*2 Cooling performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 35°C, water supply temperature 12°C, outlet water temperature 7°C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*3 • The remote controller should be shipped with the hydro unit.
• Use two 1.5-meter wires to connect the hydro unit with the remote controller.
*4 Check the water piping for leakage under the maximum operating pressure.
*5 Do not leave the hydro unit at 5°C or below.
① Max operation
Heating: outside air temperature 7°C, water supply temperature 47°C, outlet water temperature 55°C.
Cooling: outside air temperature 35°C, water supply temperature 12°C, outlet water temperature 7°C.

18
Unit name Hydro unit HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, HWT-1101XWHT6W-E, HWT-1101XWHT9W-E
Outdoor unit HWT-801H(R)W-E HWT-1101H(R)W-E
Heating capacity *1 (kW) 8.0 11.0
Cooling capacity *2 (kW) 6.0 8.0
Variable range of compressor frequency 10 - 90 Hz 10 - 100 Hz
Power source 1 phase 50 Hz 220-240 V
Operation mode Heating Cooling Heating Cooling
Electric characteristic *1 *2 Total Current (A) 7.05 8.51 10.60 12.82
Power (kW) 1.54 1.88 2.39 2.86
Power factor (%) 95 96 98 97
Operating noise sound power level ① Hydro unit (dB (A)) 40 40 40 40
Outdoor unit (dB (A)) 65 63 65 64
Coefficient of performance *1 *2 5.19 3.20 4.60 2.80
Hydro unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 720
Width (mm) 450
Depth (mm) 235
Net weight (kg) 27
Color White
Remote controller Height (mm) 120
Outer dimension *3 Width (mm) 120
Depth (mm) 16
Circulation pump Motor output (W) 60 (MAX)
Flow rate (L/min) 23.0 16.7 32.1 22.7
Type Non-self-suction centrifugal pump
Heat exchanger Plate-type heat exchange
Outdoor unit Outer dimension Height (mm) 1050
Width (mm) 1010
Depth (mm) 370
Net weight (kg) 75
Color Silky shade
Compressor Motor output (W) 2000
Type Twin rotary type with DC-inverter variable speed control
Model NX220A1FJ-20N
Fan motor Standard air capacity (m3/min) 52.4 52.4 58.4 52.4
Motor output (W) 60
Refrigerant piping Connection method Flare connection
Hydro unit Liquid Ø6.4
Gas Ø15.9
Outdoor unit Liquid Ø6.4
Gas Ø15.9
Maximum length (m) 30
Maximum chargeless length (m) 8
Maximum height difference (m) ±30
Minimum length (m) 5
Refrigerant Refrigerant name R32
Charge amount (kg) 1.25
Water piping Pipe diameter R1
Maximum length (m) None (Need the flow rate 13 /min or more)
Maximum height difference (m) ±7
Maximum working water pressure (kPa) *4 430
Operating temperature range Hydro unit (°C) *5 (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 5-32 / 5-32 / 5-32
Outdoor unit (°C) (Cooling / Heating / Hot water) 10-43 / -25-25 / -25-43
Operating humidity range Hydro unit (%) 15-85
Outdoor unit (%) 15-100
Wiring connection Power wiring 3 wires: including earth wire (Outdoor unit)
Connecting line 4 wires: including earth wire
*1 Heating performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 7°C, water supply temperature 30°C, outlet water temperature 35°C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*2 Cooling performance measurement conditions: outside air temperature 35°C, water supply temperature 12°C, outlet water temperature 7°C, refrigerant piping length 7.5 m (no height
difference).
*3 • The remote controller should be shipped with the hydro unit.
• Use two 1.5-meter wires to connect the hydro unit with the remote controller.
*4 Check the water piping for leakage under the maximum operating pressure.
*5 Do not leave the hydro unit at 5°C or below.
① Max operation
Heating: outside air temperature 7°C, water supply temperature 47°C, outlet water temperature 55°C.
Cooling: outside air temperature 35°C, water supply temperature 12°C, outlet water temperature 7°C.

19
2 Construction views (External views)
2-1. Hydro unit
HWT-601XWHM3W-E, HWT-601XWHT6W-E
HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, HWT-1101XWHT6W-E, HWT-1101XWHT9W-E

R6

0
R1

Details of A

CL
235 450 A 380
Anchor bolt pitch

43
15
720

Manometer

Remote controller
57

Drain nipple

63 63 Hot water outlet connecting pipe R1

77
11144

40 114 145
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port Ø6.4 Water inlet connecting pipe R1 (Unit: mm)
(Liquid side)

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port A
(Gas side)

Model name A
HWT-601 Ø12.7
HWT-1101 Ø15.9

20
 CL

2-Drain hole (Ø20 × 88 long hole) 371 Drain hole (Ø38) M ounting bolt hole
Air inlet (Ø11 × 14 long hole)
port B legs

55
29
108 125 11

26
26

132

161
163
M ounting bolt hole

351
330
Air inlet (Ø11 × 17 long hole)
port
2-2. Outdoor unit

Details of A legs Details of B legs

(Anchor bolt pitch)

Air outlet
port
HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E

A legs 45
100 600 61
(Anchor bolt pitch)

300 800 26

21
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port Ø6.4
(Liquid side)

Refrigerant pipe

535
630

564
connecting port Ø12.7

44
(Gas side)

317
92
8

291 351
300
535

(Unit: mm)
 Nam e Note
Refrigerant pipe hole
CL 1 Hydro Unit / Outdoor Unit
438 connecting wire inlet hole
4-Drain hole (36 × 85) 215 80 Drain hole (Ø38)
Air inlet 2 Power supply inlet hole Ø38 Knockout hole
port B legs

70
60
Drain hole (Ø20 × 88 long hole)
M ounting bolt hole

168 67
69

205
(Ø12 × 17 long hole)

443
405
Air inlet 12
port

135
(Anchor bolt pitch)
37
37
Air outlet M ounting bolt hole

54
48
port A legs
(Ø12 × 28 U-shape hole)
445 83 55
Details of A legs Details of B legs
HWT-801HW-E, HWT-1101HW-E

195 620 109

(Anchor bolt pitch)
HWT-801HRW-E, HWT-1101HRW-E

370 1010

30
Refrigerant pipe
connecting port Ø6.4

22
(Liquid side)

Refrigerant pipe
connecting port Ø15.9
(Gas side)
1050

665
628
2

1 1 1

501
376
346
95

95
95

155
150 150 150 150 80 18 94 18 80 12 64
24

55
55
55

371 135 233

105 10 628 2 443

9
Z

60
Knockout for downward piping
Z views

(Unit: mm)
2-3. Hot water cylinder
HWS-3001CSHM3-E(-UK) HWS-2101CSHM3-E(-UK)
550 550
595

595

Specification
for UK only
2066.6

2040

Specification
for UK only
1497.6

1474

HWS-1501CSHM3-E(-UK)
550
595

Specification
1090
1114

for UK only

23
 Expansion vessel
Thermal protector
Single operation
Air vent valve
Manometer
zone1
Fan coil unit
3
set : 1bar set : 95 ± 5 °C Booster heater
gage : 6bar
(local)
Boiler
Overpressure preventive Flow
sensor (local)
valve THO
set : 4.3bar
Safety valve
set : 3.5bar

Thermal protector By-pass valve

(auto) Circulation pump (locally procured)
set : 75 ± 3 °C max : 10 bar

Motorized 3-way valve

M
TWO
(locally procured)
AC230 V

Backup heater
Ø1 : 3 kW
Ø3 : 6 kW
Ø3 : 9 kW 2-way valve for
Strainer cooling mode
Low pressure sensor (locally procured)
3-1. Water system diagram

(locally procured) Radiator unit

TC TWI 40 mesh AC230 V

24
Water heat exchanger
max : 10bar By-pass valve
Drain cock for water charge (locally procured)
(locally procured)

Pressure relief
Set value : 7 bar (UK)
Relief valve(UK)
Water outlet 90 °C zone2
10 bar

Motorized mixing valve

Thermal cut-out (locally procured)
(manual reset) AC230 V
82 °C (+3K/-2K) Circulation pump
(locally procured)
Outdoor unit TTW
Cylinder heater
Ø1 : 2.7 kW TFI
M

Floor
Reducing heating
valve (UK)
3.5 bar
Water inlet
Buffer tank (locally procured)
Hot water cylinder
Local hot water system
Refrigeration cycle / Water system diagram
Installation example of water circuit

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

(5) (6)

The water flowing for a system without buffer tank ((1), (2), (3), (5)) requires13 /min (1101XWH), 10 /min
(601XWH) or more. This water flowing requires 5 or more branches of Floor heating or Radiator etc.
Less than 5 branches may cause a flow deficiency. In this case, please provide a buffer tank and secondary pumps
as shown in (4).
Please check how to install the boiler (See page 61)

25
3-2. Refrigeration cycle system diagram
HWT-601XWHM3W-E, HWT-601XWHT6W-E
HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E

Outdoor unit Hydro unit

Heating / Hot water supply

Defrosting / Cooling Low Expansion vessel
pressure
High-pressure switch sensor Air vent
valve
TWO

4-way valve Overpressure

Plate-type preventive
TD valve
water heat
Compressor
exchanger Flow sensor
Outdoor heat exchanger
TS
TL THO
TC Backup
heater
Manometer
TO Circulation P
PMV pump

TE
TWI

HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, HWT-1101XWHT6W-E, HWT-1101XWHT9W-E

HWT-801HW-E, HWT-1101HW-E

Outdoor unit Hydro unit

Heating / Hot water supply

Defrosting / Cooling Low Expansion vessel
pressure
High-pressure switch sensor Air vent
High pressure valve
TWO
sensor (PD)

4-way valve Overpressure

Plate-type preventive
TD valve
water heat
Compressor
exchanger Flow sensor
Outdoor heat exchanger
TS
TL THO
TC Backup
heater
PMV2 Manometer
TO Circulation P
PMV1 pump
Check
valve Accumulator TE
TWI

2-way valve

26
 FLOW
Back up Heater
Thermostat
75 ± 5 °C
(Automatic return) PS
THO

t°
TC

t°
TWO

t°
TWI

t°
!
Perform the grounding from
WARNING

the earth terminal of the outdoor unit.

! CAUTION
Electric shock may happen
Don’t touch the electric parts.
4
A B
Symbol Part name
Remote controller
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 TB Terminal block
CN603 CN605 CN609 CN611 CN607 CN602 CN601 CN600 CN604 (HWS-AMSU51-E)
(BLK) (BLU) (WHI) (YEL) (BLK) (WHI) (YEL) (RED) (BRW) CN Connector
CN903 1 THO Backup heater outlet temperature sensor
(BLU) 2
TC Water heat exchanger temperature sensor
TWO Water heat exchanger outlet temperature sensor
Hydro Unit main Control P.C. board CN902 1
4-1. Hydro unit

TWI Water heat exchanger inlet temperature sensor

(WHI) 2
P100 TB04
1 2 PS Refrigerant pressure sensor
MCC-1753 1 2 FLOW Water flow sensor
TFI Floor heating inlet temperature sensor
P01 TTW Hot water cylinder temperature sensor
PUMP Water pump
(Pump signal) A B
For AIO 2WV 2-Way valve (Local)
Remote controller
CN703 CN702 CN701 CN700 CN711 CN707 CN305 CN304 CN303 CN200 CN201 CN01 3WV 3-Way valve (Local)
(WHI) (GRY) (RED) (BLK) (WHI) (BLU) (RED) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) (BLK) (HWS-AMSU51-E)
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5
MIX V Mixing valve (Local)
BH Booster heater (Local)
Wiring diagram

Option
Color Indication
PUMP
6 6 5 4 BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
RED : RED
YEL : YELLOW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 WHI : WHITE
CN04 CN08 CN02 CN10 CN09 CN06 CN07 7
GRY : GRAY
(WHI) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) 6 BRW : BROWN
4

27
3 CN03 For AIO CN50 5
2 (WHI) (Mix Valve) (BLU) 4
3
1
2 Field wiring
1
3
2 CN54 For AIO(TFI) Protective earth
1 (BLU) Type1
10 10
Type2 Terminal block
2 CN53 9 MIX V 9
1 (BLK) For AIO(TTW) Hydro Unit sub Control P.C. board 8 8 MIX V
Terminal
7 7
I/P1 1
MCC-1755 6 Connector
I/P2 2 CN22
5 O/P3
I/P3 3 P.C. board
4
I/P4 4 O/P4
3
5 O/P1
CN21 2
I/P5 6 For AIO For AIO 1
I/P6 7 (Pump) (3WV) O/P2
I/P7 8 CN33 CN31 CN35 CN37 CN51 CN52 CN01
I/P8 9 CN20 CN32 CN30 CN34 CN36 CN63 CN43 CN62 CN42 CN61 CN41 (BLU) CN23 (BLU) (BLK)
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
10 1 2 3 4 P03 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Thermostat Thermostat Thermostat

95 ± 5°C 95 ± 5°C 95 ± 5°C

BRW
BLU
BLK
BLU
BRW
BLK
GRY
BLU
RED
WHI

(One shot) (One shot) (One shot) Type1 RED

PUMP 2WV BH 3WV (2Wire)
TB02 1 2 L N TB03 L1 L2 L3 N WHI
t° A BLK
TTW 8 9 10
B
TB01 1 2 3
Power supply Power supply Backup heater 3 Backup heater 2 Backup heater 1
Type2(SPST)
t° 220-240 V ~ 380-415 V 3N ~ 3WV Type3(SPDT)
Heater 9 kW (3Wire Common)
Hot water tank unit TFI
1 2 3
CN35 CN37 CN35 CN37
CN34 CN36 CN62 CN42 CN61 CN41 CN34 CN36 CN61 CN41 Outdoor unit
Tank heater
Thermostat Thermostat Thermostat

BRW
BLK
GRY
BLU
BRW
BLK
GRY
BLU

95 ± 5°C 95 ± 5°C 95 ± 5°C

TB03 L1 L2 L3 N (One shot) (One shot) TB03 L N (One shot)

Power supply Backup heater 2 Backup heater 1 Backup heater 1

Power supply
380-415 V 3N ~ 220-240 V ~
Heater 6 kW Heater 3 kW
 L-1 ! CAUTION : HIGH VOLTAGE
The high voltage circuit is incorporated.
Be careful to do the check service, as the electric shock m ay be
caused in case of touching parts on the P.C. board by hand.

WHI
WHI
BLK
P07

P16
P17
M CC-1768
Outdoor Control P.C. board
t°
F01
BLK +
P01 P06 RED
4-2. Outdoor unit

+
+
P05 WHI MS
P04 3~
HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E

P02 BLK CM
WHI -

+
ORN + CN300
(WHI)
P03 RED
1
WHI MS
WHI 2
BLK 3~
BLK - 3
BLK - FM

28
F-IU
T6.3 A
250 V ~ CN807 CN704 CN500 CN602 CN600 CN601 CN603 CN604 CN700 CN501
(WHI) (WHI) (BLU) (YEL) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI) (GRN)
TB01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
1 2 3 L N

10 6

To Hydro unit Power supply 49C t° t° t° t° t° M P>

220-240 V ~ 50 Hz 20SF 63H
TO TE TD TS TL PM V

Color Indication
Sym bol Parts name Sym bol Parts name Field wiring
M CC-1646 BLK : BLACK GRN : GREEN
20SF 4-way valve coil 49C Therm ostat for Com pressor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Protective BLU : BLUE WHI : WHITE
Display P.C. board 63H High pressure switch PM V Pulse M otor Valve earth
CN01(WHI) RED : RED YEL : YELLOW
CM Com pressor TB01 Term inal block
Term inal GRY : GRAY ORN : ORANGE
FM Fan M otor TO Air temp. sensor block
CN Connector TE Heat exchange tem p. sensor
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 SW01 SW02
*** Term inal
F01 Fuse 25 A 250 V ~ TD Pipe temp. sensor (Discharge)
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRN)
F-IU Fuse T6.3 A 250 V ~ TS Pipe temp. sensor (Suction) Connector

L-1 Reactor TL Liquid temp. sensor P.C. board

1. For D800 ~ D805 and SW01 ~ SW02,
refer to the installation m anual.
 For D800-D805 and SW01-SW02,
refer to the installation manual. ! CAUTION : HIGH VOLTAGE
DISPLAY The high voltage circuit is incorporated.
REACTOR CM P.C. board
MS Be careful to do the check service,
3~ M CC-1646
FM 01 D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 as the electric shock m ay be
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRN) SW01 SW02
MS CN01
3~ (WHI)
caused in case of touching parts
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 on the P.C. board by hand.

123

CN20 RED
CN22 WHI
P200 RED
P201 WHI
P202 BLK

(WHI)
P20
P21
20SF SV2

CN300
10
Only for models
with heater
HWT-801HW-E, HWT-801HRW-E

+
+ 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 1 2 1 3
HWT-1101HW-E, HWT-1101HRW-E

+ CN02 CN807 CN701 CN707 Heater

(RED) (WHI) (WHI) (WHI)
Symbol Part name
1 1
2 2 CM Compressor
CN805 3 3 CN805
(BLU) 4 4 (BLU)
5
5 5 FM01 Fan motor
+
1 F01 Fuse 25 A 250 V ~
CN709 Color Indication
(GRY) 3
F03 Fuse 10 A 250 V ~ BLK : BLACK

29
CDB
PMV1 Pulse motor valve 1 BLU : BLUE
P.C. board 6 RED : RED
5
IPDU M CC-1675 CN710 4 PMV2 Pulse motor valve 2
(WHI) 3 YEL : YELLOW
2 5

P05(BLK)
P.C. board TB1 Terminal (Power supply) WHI : WHITE
1 PMV1
MCC-1705 TB2 Terminal (To hydro unit) GRY : GRAY
1 6 GRN : GREEN
5 TD Pipe temperature sensor (Discharge)
3 CN01 CN711 4
(WHI) (RED) 3
5 2 5 TE Heat exchanger sensor 1
1 PMV2
F01 TL Heat exchanger sensor 2 Field wiring
F03
CN609 CN690 CN600 CN601 CN602 CN603 CN604 CN607
3 (WHI) (WHI) (YEL) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) TO Outside temperature sensor
(BLU) (GRN) Protective earth
1 2 1 23 1 23 1 2 1 2 1 23 1 2 1 234
TS Pipe temperature sensor (Suction)

P11
P12

P01
P02
Terminal block
PD High-pressure sensor

RED
WHI
3
SV2 2-way valve coil Terminal

RED
WHI
P> GRY
L N t° t° t° t° t° PD
63H 1 2 3 20SF 4-way valve coil
TS TE TO TD TL Connector
49C TB1 TB2 49C Compressor case thermostat
63H High-pressure switch P.C. board

Power supply To hydro unit

220-240 V ~ 50 Hz
4-3. Hot water cylinder unit

Double pole thermal cut out

Blue Blue

Green / Brown
Yellow

Brown

1 2
TB03 (230 V)

A B
TB06 (TTW)

TTW sensor

Hot water cylinder heater

To hydro unit Supply 220 - 240 V from hydro unit

Cable size 1.5 mm2 (minimum)

30
5 Key electric component rating
5-1. Hydro unit
HWT-601XWHM3W-E, HWT-601XWHT6W-E
Model name
No. Component name Type name Rating
M3W-E T6W-E
1 Circulation pump O O UPM 3K 15-75 130 AC230 V 0.58 A (MAX)
2 Backup heater 3 kW O 80176-1 AC230 V 3 kW
3 Backup heater 6 kW O 80177-1 AC400 V (3N) 6 kW
4 Backup heater 9 kW 80178-1 AC400 V (3N) 9 kW
Water heat exchange 10 kΩ (25°C)
5 temperature sensor O O –
(TC sensor)
Water inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
6 O O –
(TWI sensor)
Water outlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
7 O O –
(TWO sensor)
Heater outlet water temperature 10 kΩ (25°C)
8 sensor O O –
(THO sensor)
Floor inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
9 O O –
(TFI sensor)
10 Low pressure sensor O O – Operating pressure 0.20 MPa
11 Bimetal thermostat (auto) O O – Operating temperature 75±3°C DC12 V 0.2 A
Bimetal thermostat (single Operating temperature 95±5°C AC250 V 16 A
12 O O –
operation)
13 Flow sensor O O VVX20 DC12 V 15 mA
14 Remote controller (Main) O O HWS-AMSU51-E
15 Remote controller (Sub) OP OP HWS-AMSU51-E
16 0 - 10 V Interface OP OP HWS-IFAIP01U-E
Water 3-way valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
17 O O –
2Wire, 3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
18 Water 2-way valve terminal O O – AC230 V 0.1 A 2Wire type mountable
Mixing valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
19 O O –
3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
20 Circulation pump terminal O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
21 Booster heater terminal O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
22 Fuse (Back up heater) O O – AC250 V 25 A
23 PC board (Main) O O MCC-1753

24 PC board (Sub) O O MCC-1755

O ······· Applied
OP ····· Optional accessory

31
HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, HWT-1101XWHT6W-E, HWT-1101XWHT9W-E
Model name
No. Component name Type name Rating
M3W-E T6W-E T9W-E
1 Circulation pump O O O UPM 3K 15-75 130 AC230 V 0.58 A (MAX)
2 Backup heater 3 kW O 80176-1 AC230 V 3 kW
3 Backup heater 6 kW O 80177-1 AC400 V (3N) 6 kW
4 Backup heater 9 kW O 80178-1 AC400 V (3N) 9 kW
Water heat exchange 10 kΩ (25°C)
5 temperature sensor O O O –
(TC sensor)
Water inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
6 O O O –
(TWI sensor)
Water outlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
7 O O O –
(TWO sensor)
Heater outlet water temperature 10 kΩ (25°C)
8 sensor O O O –
(THO sensor)
Floor inlet temperature sensor 10 kΩ (25°C)
9 O O O –
(TFI sensor)
10 Low pressure sensor O O O – Operating pressure 0.20 MPa
11 Thermal protector (auto) O O O – Operating temperature 75±3°C DC42 V 0.2 A
Thermal protector (single Operating temperature 95±5°C AC250 V 16 A
12 O O O –
operation)
13 Flow sensor O O O VVX20 DC12 V 15 mA
14 Remote controller (Main) O O O HWS-AMSU51-E
15 Remote controller (Sub) OP OP OP HWS-AMSU51-E
16 0 - 10 V Interface OP OP OP HWS-IFAIP01U-E
Water 3-way valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
17 O O O –
2Wire, 3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
18 Water 2-way valve terminal O O O – AC230 V 0.1 A 2Wire type mountable
Mixing valve terminal AC230 V 0.1 A
19 O O O –
3Wire SPST, SPDT type mountable
20 Circulation pump terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
21 Booster heater terminal O O O – AC230 V 1.0 A
22 Fuse (Back up heater) O O O – AC250 V 25 A
23 PC board (Main) O O O MCC-1753

24 PC board (Sub) O O O MCC-1755

O ······· Applied
OP ····· Optional accessory

32
5-2. Outdoor unit
HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E
No. Component name Type name Rating
1 Compressor DX150A1T-21F
2 Outdoor fan motor ICF-140-A43-1 Output 43 W
3 Reactor CH-102 18 mH, 16 A
4 4-way valve coil DXQ-1233 DC12 V
5 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil PQ-M10012-000313 DC12 V
6 Compressor case thermostat US-622KXTMQO-SS OFF = 125 ± 4°C, ON = 90 ± 5°C
7 PC board MCC-1768
8 High pressure switch ACB-4UB154W OFF = 4.15 + 0, -0.15 MPa

HWT-801HW-E, HWT-1101HW-E
No. Component name Type name Rating
1 Compressor NX220A1FJ-20N
2 Outdoor fan motor ICF-280-A60-1 Output 60 W
3 Reactor CH-101 10 mH, 20 A
4 4-way valve coil DXQ-1233 DC12 V
5 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil UKV-A040 DC12 V
6 PC board (Compressor) MCC-1705
7 PC board (Control) MCC-1675
8 High pressure sensor NSK-BH042J-873 0 - 4.15 MPa
9 High pressure switch ACB-4UB231W OFF = 4.60 +0, - 0.3 MPa
10 Compressor case thermostat US-622 OFF = 125 ± 4°C, ON = 90 ± 5°C
11 2-way valve coil INJ TEV-SMOAG2260A1 AC220 - 240 V
12 Check valve INJ BCV-302DY
13 Pulse motor valve (PMV) coil INJ FAM-MD12TF-1

33
5-3. Hot water cylinder unit
Model name
1501 2101 3001
No. Component name CSH CSH CSH Type name Rating
M3-E M3-E M3-E
(-UK) (-UK) (-UK)
1 Hot water cylinder heater O O O – AC230 V 2.7 kW
Hot water cylinder temperature 10 kΩ (25°C)
2 sensor O O O –
(TTW sensor)
Thermal cut-out Operating temperature
3 O O O –
Manual reset 82°C (+3K/-2K)

O ······· Applied

34
5-4. Water heat exchange control board
HWT-601XWHM3W-E, HWT-601XWHT6W-E
HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, HWT-1101XWHT6W-E, HWT-1101XWHT9W-E

MCC-1753 (main)

THO sensor TWO sensor

CN602 CN600

Connector for TC sensor Back up heater thermostat

MCC-1755 (CN03) CN601 CN611
CN603
Connector for Water flow sensor
MCC-1755 (CN03) CN609
Connector for CN605
MCC-1755 (CN02) Low pressure sensor Connector for
CN707 CN607 TWI sensor MCC-1755 (CN04)
CN604 CN700 ~ 703

Earth lead wire

P100

7 segment
display

Rotary
PWM signal SW700
for built-in
circulation
pump
CN200

Remote
controller
Earth lead
CN903
wire
P01

Serial input
CN01

Connector for SW702 SW704 SW705 SW707 Connector for

MCC-1755 (CN08) main bus communication
CN711 SW701 SW703 SW706 SW708 CN902
Connector for Connector for Connector for
MCC-1755 (CN06) MCC-1755 (CN09) MCC-1755 (CN10)
CN303 CN304 CN305

35
MCC-1755 (sub)

Connector for
MCC-1753 (CN700 ~ 703)
CN04
Mixing valve
Connector for Connector for Connector for Built-in
MCC-1753 (CN711) MCC-1753 (CN707) MCC-1753 (CN303) circulation pump
CN08 CN02 CN06 CN07

Connector for 3-way valve

MCC-1753 (CN603, 605)
CN03 External pump AC power supply
CN01
External input
TFI sensor Earth lead wire 2-way valve
CN21
P03 External output
Booster heater CN22

TTW sensor Connector for MCC-1753 (CN304) Connector for MCC-1753 (CN305)
CN09 CN10

36
5-5. Outdoor control board
HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E

MCC-1768

Lead wire
for
compressor
motor

Connector for
MCC-1646
CN807

FAN motor
CN300

TE sensor
CN600

PMV
CN700

TD sensor
CN601

TL sensor
CN604
Earth lead wire 4-way valve TS sensor
P07 CN704 CN603
TO sensor
Thermostat for CN602
compressor
CN500 High-pressure
Lead wire for switch
REACTOR Lead wire for CN501
serial communication
P03 (ORG)

Lead wire for power supply

P01 (BLK), P02 (WHI)

37
HWT-801H(R)W-E, HWT-1101H(R)W-E

MCC-1675 (Interface CDB)

2-way valve INJ Heater output

CN707 CN709

Connector for TB2

(to hydro unit)
CN01

Connector for
MCC-1705 (CN20, 22)
CN02

PD sensor
CN607

PMV1
CN710
Connector for
MCC-1705 (CN805)
CN805
PMV2
CN711 Connector for
MCC-1646
CN807

4-way valve TS sensor TO sensor TL sensor

CN701 CN600 CN602 CN604
TE sensor TD sensor
CN601 CN603

38
MCC-1705 (Compressor, Fan IPDU)

Connector for
FAN motor MCC-1675 (CN805)
CN300 CN805 Compressor
Case thermostat
CN609

High-pressure switch
CN690

Lead wire for power supply

P01 (RED), P02 (WHI)

Lead wire for Hydro unit

P11 (RED), P12 (WHI)

Lead wire for Lead wire for Fasten for MCC-1675 (CN02)
compressor motor REACTOR CN20 (RED), CN22 (WHI)
P20 (RED), P21 (RED)

39
6 Refrigerant (R32)
This Air to Water Heat Pump adopts the R32 refrigerant which does not damage the ozone layer.
The working pressure of the new refrigerant R32 is 1.6 times higher than conventional refrigerant (R22).
The refrigerating oil is also changed in accordance with change of refrigerant, so be careful that water, dust, and
existing refrigerant or refrigerating oil are not entered in the refrigerant cycle of the Air to Water Heat Pump using
the new refrigerant during installation work or servicing time.
The next section describes the precautions for Air to Water Heat Pump using the new refrigerant.
Conforming to contents of the next section together with the general cautions included in this manual, perform the
correct and safe work.

6-1. Safety during installation / servicing

As R32’s pressure is about 1.6 times higher than that of R22, improper installation / servicing may cause a serious
trouble. By using tools and materials exclusive for R32, it is necessary to carry out installation/servicing safely while
taking the following precautions into consideration.
(1) Never use refrigerant other than R32 in an Air to Water Heat Pump which is designed to operate with R32.
If other refrigerant than R32 is mixed, pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high, and it may
cause personal injury, etc. by a rupture.
(2) Confirm the used refrigerant name, and use tools and materials exclusive for the refrigerant R32.
The refrigerant name R32 is indicated on the visible place of the outdoor unit of the Air to Water Heat Pump
using R32 as refrigerant.
A diameter of the charge port for R32 is the same as that for the R410A’s. Be careful not to charge the refrigerant
by mistake.
(3) If a refrigeration gas leakage occurs during installation/servicing, be sure to ventilate fully.
If the refrigerant gas comes into contact with fire, a poisonous gas may occur.
(4) When installing or removing an Air to Water Heat Pump, do not allow air or moisture to remain in the
refrigeration cycle.
Otherwise, pressure in the refrigeration cycle may become abnormally high so that a rupture or personal injury
may be caused.
(5) After completion of installation work, check to make sure that there is no refrigeration gas leakage.
If the refrigerant gas leaks into the room, coming into contact with fire in the fan-driven heater, space heater,
etc., a poisonous gas may occur.
(6) When an Air to Water Heat Pump system charged with a large volume of refrigerant is installed in a small room,
it is necessary to exercise care so that, even when refrigerant leaks, its concentration does not exceed the
marginal level.
If the refrigerant gas leakage occurs and its concentration exceeds the marginal level, an oxygen starvation
accident may result.
(7) Be sure to carry out installation or removal according to the installation manual.
Improper installation may cause refrigeration trouble, water leakage, electric shock, fire, etc.
(8) Unauthorized modifications to the Air to Water Heat Pump may be dangerous. If a breakdown occurs please
call a qualified Air to Water Heat Pump technician or electrician.
Improper repair may result in water leakage, electric shock and fire, etc.
(9) When breaking into the refrigerant circuit to make repairs or for any other purpose conventional procedures
shall be used.
However, for flammable refrigerants it is important that best practice is followed since flammability is a
consideration.
The following procedure shall be adhered to:
• remove refrigerant;
• purge the circuit with inert gas
• evacuate
• purge with inert gas
• open the circuit by cutting or brazing

40
6-2. Refrigerant piping installation
6-2-1. Piping materials and joints used
For the refrigerant piping installation, copper pipes and joints are mainly used.
Copper pipes and joints suitable for the refrigerant must be chosen and installed.
Furthermore, it is necessary to use clean copper pipes and joints whose interior surfaces are less affected by
contaminants.

(1) Copper pipes

It is necessary to use seamless copper pipes which are made of either copper or copper alloy and it is desirable
that the amount of residual oil is less than 40 mg / 10 m.
Do not use copper pipes having a collapsed, deformed or discolored portion (especially on the interior surface).
Otherwise, the expansion valve or capillary tube may become blocked with contaminants.
As an Air to Water Heat Pump using R32 incurs pressure higher than when using R22, it is necessary to choose
adequate materials.
Thicknesses of copper pipes used with R32 are as shown in Table 6-2-1. Never use copper pipes thinner than 0.8
mm even when it is available on the market.
NOTE
Refer to the “6-6. Instructions for re-use piping of R22 or R407C”.

Table 6-2-1 Thicknesses of annealed copper pipes

Wall thickness (mm)
Nominal diameter Outer diameter (mm) R410A or R32 R22
1/4 6.4 0.80 0.80
1/2 12.7 0.80 0.80
5/8 15.9 1.00 1.00

(2) Joints
For copper pipes, flare joints or socket joints are used. Prior to use, be sure to remove all contaminants.
a) Flare joints
Flare joints used to connect the copper pipes cannot be used for piping whose outer diameter exceeds 20 mm. In such a case,
socket joints can be used.
Sizes of flare pipe ends, flare joint ends and flare nuts are as shown in Tables 6-2-3 to 6-2-5 below.
b) Socket joints
Socket joints are such that they are brazed for connections, and used mainly for thick piping whose diameter is larger than 20 mm.
Thicknesses of socket joints are as shown in Table 6-2-2.

Table 6-2-2 Minimum thicknesses of socket joints

Reference outer diameter of Minimum joint thickness
Nominal diameter
copper pipe jointed (mm) (mm)
1/4 6.4 0.50
1/2 12.7 0.70
5/8 15.9 0.80

41
6-2-2. Processing of piping materials
When performing the refrigerant piping installation, care should be taken to ensure that water or dust does not enter
the pipe interior, that no other oil other than lubricating oils used in the installed Air to Water Heat Pump is used,
and that refrigerant does not leak.
When using lubricating oils in the piping processing, use such lubricating oils whose water content has been
removed. When stored, be sure to seal the container with an airtight cap or any other cover.

(1) Flare processing procedures and precautions

a) Cutting the pipe
By means of a pipe cutter, slowly cut the pipe so that it is not deformed.
b) Removing burrs and chips DIA D
If the flared section has chips or burrs, refrigerant leakage may occur. A
Carefully remove all burrs and clean the cut surface before installation.
c) Insertion of flare nut
d) Flare processing
Make certain that a clamp bar and copper pipe have been cleaned.
By means of the clamp bar, perform the flare processing correctly.
Use either a flare tool for R410A / R32 or conventional flare tool.
Flare processing dimensions differ according to the type of flare tool. Fig. 6-2-1 Flare processing dimensions
When using a conventional flare tool, be sure to secure “dimension A”
by using a gauge for size adjustment.

Table 6-2-3 Dimensions related to flare processing for R410A or R32 / R22
A (mm)
Nominal Outer diameter Thickness Flare tool for Conventional flare tool Conventional flare tool
diameter (mm) (mm) R410A, R22 (R410A or R32) (R22)
clutch type Clutch type Wing nut type Clutch type Wing nut type
1/4 6.4 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.0 0.5 to 1.0 1.0 to 1.5
1/2 12.7 0.8 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0
5/8 15.9 1.0 0 to 0.5 1.0 to 1.5 2.0 to 2.5 0.5 to 1.0 1.5 to 2.0

Table 6-2-4 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R410A or R32

Outer diameter Thickness Dimension (mm) Flare nut width

Nominal diameter
(mm) (mm) A B C D (mm)

1/4 6.4 0.8 9.1 9.2 6.5 13 17

1/2 12.7 0.8 16.6 16.0 12.9 23 26
5/8 15.9 1.0 19.7 19.0 16.0 25 29

Table 6-2-5 Flare and flare nut dimensions for R22

Outer diameter Thickness Dimension (mm) Flare nut width

Nominal diameter
(mm) (mm) A B C D (mm)

1/4 6.4 0.8 9.1 9.2 6.5 13 17

1/2 12.7 0.8 16.2 16.0 12.9 20 24
5/8 15.9 1.0 19.4 19.0 16.0 23 27

6°
to 4
45°

A B C D

43°
to 4
5°

Fig. 6-2-2 Relations between flare nut and flare seal surface

42
(2) Flare connecting procedures and precautions
a) Make sure that the flare and union portions do not have any scar or dust, etc.
b) Correctly align the processed flare surface with the union axis.
c) Tighten the flare with designated torque by means of a torque wrench.
The tightening torque for R410A or R32 is the same as that for conventional R22.
Incidentally, when the torque is weak, the gas leakage may occur.
When it is strong, the flare nut may crack and may be made non-removable.
When choosing the tightening torque, comply with values designated by manufacturers.
Table 6-2-6 shows reference values.

NOTE
When applying oil to the flare surface, be sure to use oil designated by the manufacturer.
If any other oil is used, the lubricating oils may deteriorate and cause the compressor to burn out.

Table 6-2-6 Tightening torque of flare for R410A or R32 [Reference values]
Tightening torque of torque
Outer diameter Tightening torque wrenches available on the
Nominal diameter (mm) N•m (kgf•m) market
N•m (kgf•m)
1/4 6.4 14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8) 16 (1.6), 18 (1.8)
1/2 12.7 50 to 62 (5.0 to 6.2) 55 (5.5)
5/8 15.9 68 to 82 (6.8 to 8.2) 65 (6.5)

6-3. Tools
6-3-1. Required tools
Refer to the “(4) Tools” (page 17)

43
6-4. Recharging of refrigerant
When it is necessary to recharge refrigerant, charge the specified amount of new refrigerant according to the
following steps.

Recover the refrigerant, and check no refrigerant

remains in the equipment.
When the compound gauge’s pointer has indicated
–0.1 MPa (–76 cmHg), place the handle Low in the
fully closed position, and turn off the vacuum pump’s
Connect the charge hose to packed valve service power switch.
port at the outdoor unit’s gas side.

Keep the status as it is for 1 to 2 minutes, and ensure

Connect the charge hose of the vacuum pump that the compound gauge’s pointer does not return.
adapter.

Set the refrigerant cylinder to the electronic balance,

Open fully both packed valves at liquid and gas connect the connecting hose to the cylinder and the
sides. connecting port of the electronic balance, and charge
liquid refrigerant.

(For refrigerant charging, see the figure below.)

Place the handle of the gauge manifold Low in the
fully opened position, and turn on the vacuum
pump’s power switch. Then, evacuating the
refrigerant in the cycle.

NOTE
(1) Never charge refrigerant exceeding the specified amount.
(2) If the specified amount of refrigerant cannot be charged, charge refrigerant bit by bit in COOL mode.
(3) Do not carry out additional charging.
When additional charging is carried out if refrigerant leaks, the refrigerant composition changes in the
refrigeration cycle, which changes characteristics of the Air to Water Heat Pump, refrigerant exceeding the
specified amount is charged, and working pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes abnormally high
pressure, and may cause a rupture or personal injury.

(HYDRO unit) (Liquid side) (OUTDOOR unit)

Service valve

Opened

(Gas side)

Refrigerant cylinder
(With siphon pipe)
Service valve
Check valve
Closed

Open / Close valve

for charging

Service port

Electronic balance for refrigerant charging

Fig. 6-4-1 Configuration of refrigerant charging

44
 NOTE
(1) Be sure to make setting so that liquid can be charged.
(2) When using a cylinder equipped with a siphon, liquid can be charged without turning it upside down.

R32 refrigerant is a Single-component refrigerant that does not change its composition.
Although it is possible to charge the refrigerant with either liquid or gas, charge it with liquid.
(If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the Air to Water Heat
Pump change.)

[Cylinder with siphon] [Cylinder without siphon]

Gauge manifold Gauge manifold
OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit

cylinder
Refrigerant
Refrigerant
cylinder

Electronic Electronic
balance balance

Siphon

Fig. 6-4-2

6-5. Brazing of pipes

6-5-1. Materials for brazing
(1) Silver brazing filler
NOTE
Silver brazing filler is an alloy mainly composed of
silver and copper. (1) Phosphor bronze brazing filler tends to react with
It is used to join iron, copper or copper alloy, and is sulfur and produce a fragile compound water
relatively expensive though it excels in solderability. solution, which may cause a gas leakage.
Therefore, use any other type of brazing filler at a
(2) Phosphor bronze brazing filler hot spring resort, etc., and coat the surface with a
Phosphor bronze brazing filler is generally used to join paint.
copper or copper alloy. (2) When performing brazing again at time of servicing,
use the same type of brazing filler.
(3) Low temperature brazing filler
Low temperature brazing filler is generally called
solder, and is an alloy of tin and lead.
Since it is weak in adhesive strength, do not use it for
refrigerant pipes.

45
6-5-2. Flux 6-5-3. Brazing
As brazing work requires sophisticated techniques,
(1) Reason why flux is necessary experiences based upon a theoretical knowledge, it
• By removing the oxide film and any foreign matter on must be performed by a person qualified.
the metal surface, it assists the flow of brazing filler.
In order to prevent the oxide film from occurring in the
• In the brazing process, it prevents the metal surface pipe interior during brazing, it is effective to proceed
from being oxidized. with brazing while letting dry Nitrogen gas flow.
• By reducing the brazing filler’s surface tension, the
brazing filler adheres better to the treated metal. Never use gas other than Nitrogen gas.

(2) Characteristics required for flux (1) Brazing method to prevent oxidation
• Activated temperature of flux coincides with the 1) Attach a reducing valve and a flow-meter to the
brazing temperature. Nitrogen gas cylinder.
• Due to a wide effective temperature range, flux is 2) Use a copper pipe to direct the piping material,
hard to carbonize. and attach a flow-meter to the cylinder.
• It is easy to remove slag after brazing. 3) Apply a seal onto the clearance between the
• The corrosive action to the treated metal and brazing piping material and inserted copper pipe for
filler is minimum. Nitrogen in order to prevent backflow of the
• It excels in coating performance and is harmless to Nitrogen gas.
the human body. 4) When the Nitrogen gas is flowing, be sure to
As the flux works in a complicated manner as keep the piping end open.
described above, it is necessary to select an adequate 5) Adjust the flow rate of Nitrogen gas so that it is
type of flux according to the type and shape of treated lower than 0.05 m³/Hr or 0.02 MPa (0.2 kgf/
metal, type of brazing filler and brazing method, etc. cm²) by means of the reducing valve.
6) After performing the steps above, keep the
(3) Types of flux
Nitrogen gas flowing until the pipe cools down
• Noncorrosive flux
to a certain extent (temperature at which pipes
Generally, it is a compound of borax and boric acid.
are touchable with hands).
It is effective in case where the brazing temperature
is higher than 800°C. 7) Remove the flux completely after brazing.
• Activated flux
Most of fluxes generally used for silver brazing are
this type.
It features an increased oxide film removing
capability due to the addition of compounds such as M Flow meter
potassium fluoride, potassium chloride and sodium
fluoride to the borax-boric acid compound.
Stop valve
(4) Piping materials for brazing and used
brazing filler / flux Nitrogen gas
cylinder
Piping material Used brazing filler Used flux
From Nitrogen cylinder
Copper - Copper Phosphor copper Do not use
Copper - Iron Silver Paste flux
Iron - Iron Silver Vapour flux Pipe
Nitrogen
NOTE gas

(1) Do not enter flux into the refrigeration cycle. Rubber plug
(2) When chlorine contained in the flux remains within
the pipe, the lubricating oil deteriorates. Fig. 6-5-1 Prevention of oxidation during brazing
Therefore, use a flux which does not contain
chlorine.
(3) When adding water to the flux, use water which
does not contain chlorine (e.g. distilled water or ion-
exchange water).
(4) Remove the flux after brazing.

46
6-6. Instructions for re-use piping of R22 or R407C
Instruction of works: (3) The pipes are left as coming out or gas leaks.
The existing R22 and R407C piping can be reused (Poor refrigerant)
for our Air to Water Heat Pump R32 products • There is possibility that rain water or air including
installations. moisture enters in the pipe.
(4) Refrigerant recovery is impossible.
WARNING (Refrigerant recovery by the pump-down operation
on the existing Air to Water Heat Pump)
Confirming the existence of scratches or dents on the • There is possibility that a large quantity of poor oil
existing pipes and confirming the reliability of the pipe or moisture remains inside of the pipe.
strength are conventionally referred to the local site. (5) A dryer on the market is attached to the existing
If the specified conditions can be cleared, it is possible pipes.
to update existing R22 and R407C pipes to those for
• There is possibility that copper green rust
R32 models.
generated.
(6) Check the oil when the existing Air to Water Heat
Pump was removed after refrigerant had been
6-6-1. Basic conditions needed recovered.
In this case, if the oil is judged as clearly different
to reuse the existing compared with normal oil.
pipe • The refrigerator oil is copper rust green:
There is possibility that moisture is mixed with the
Check and observe three conditions of the refrigerant oil and rust generates inside of the pipe.
piping works. • There is discolored oil, a large quantity of the
(1) Dry (There is no moisture inside of the pipes.) remains, or bad smell.
(2) Clean (There is no dust inside of the pipes.) • A large quantity of sparkle remained wear-out
(3) Tight (There is no refrigerant leak.) powder is observed in the refrigerator oil.
(7) The Air to Water Heat Pump which compressor was
exchanged due to a trouble compressor.
6-6-2. Restricted items to use When the discolored oil, a large quantity of the
the existing pipes remains, mixture of foreign matter, or a large
quantity of sparkle remained wear-out powder is
In the following cases, the existing pipes cannot be observed, the cause of trouble will occur.
reused as they are. Clean the existing pipes or (8) Installation and removal of the Air to Water Heat
exchange them with new pipes. Pump are repeated with temporary installation by
(1) When a scratch or dent is heavy, be sure to use the lease and etc.
new pipes for the works. (9) In case that type of the refrigerator oil of the existing
(2) When the thickness of the existing pipe is thinner Air to Water Heat Pump is other than the following
than the specified “Pipe diameter and thickness” be oil (Mineral oil), Suniso, Freol-S, MS (Synthetic oil),
sure to use the new pipes for the works. alkyl benzene (HAB, Barrel-freeze), ester series,
• The operating pressure of R32 is high. If there is PVE only of ether series.
a scratch or dent on the pipe or a thinner pipe is • Winding-insulation of the compressor may
used, the pressure strength may be inadequate, become inferior.
which may cause the pipe to break in the worst
case. NOTE

* Pipe diameter and thickness (mm) The above descriptions are results of confirmation by
our company and they are views on our Air to Water
Reference outside Wall thickness Heat Pump, but they do not guarantee the use of the
Material
diameter (mm) (mm)
existing pipes of the Air to Water Heat Pump that
6.4 0.8 —
adopted R410A in other companies.
12.7 0.8 —
15.9 1.0 —

• In case that the pipe diameter is DIA 12.7 mm or

less and the thickness is less than 0.7 mm, be
sure to use the new pipes for works.

47
6-6-3. Branching pipe for 6-6-4. Curing of pipes
simultaneous operation When removing and opening the indoor unit or outdoor
unit for a long time, cure the pipes as follows:
system • Otherwise rust may generate when moisture or
In the concurrent twin system, when TOSHIBA- foreign matter due to dewing enters in the pipes.
specified branching pipe is used, it can be reused. • The rust cannot be removed by cleaning, and a new
Branching pipe model name: piping work is necessary.
RBC-TWP30E, RBC-TWP50E
Place position Term Curing manner
On the existing Air to Water Heat Pump for
1 month or more Pinching
simultaneous operation system (twin system), there is Outdoors
a case of using branch pipe that has insufficient Less than 1 month
Pinching or taping
compressive strength. In this case please change it to Indoors Every time
the branch pipe for R32 or R410A.

6-6-5. Final installation checks

YES Existing pipes: Cannot be used.
Are there scratches or dents on the existing pipes? • Use new pipes.
NO

NO
Is it possible to operate the existing Air to Water Heat Pump?
YES

• After the existing Air to Water Heat Pump is operated in

cooling mode for approx. 30 minutes or longer, * recover
the refrigerant.
• Refer to “6-8-1. Recovery”.
• For cleaning the pipes and recovering oil.
• Refrigerant recovery: Pump down method.

Was largely discolored oil or a large quantity of remains YES

discharged? (When the oil deteriorates, the color of the oil Clean the pipes or use new pipes.
changes to a muddy or black color.)
NO

Connect the indoor / outdoor units to the existing pipe.

• Use a flare nut attached indoor / outdoor units.
(Do not existing pipe.)
• Re-machine the flare machining size to size for R32.

• (Airtight test), Vacuum dry, Refrigerant charge,

Gas leak check.

Test run

48
6-6-6. Handling of existing pipe 6-7. Charging additional
When using the existing pipe, carefully check it for the
following:
refrigerant
• Wall thickness (within the specified range) Amount of additional refrigerant shall be restricted by
• Scratches and dents the following explanation to ensure the reliability.
• Water, oil, dirt, or dust in the pipe Miss-charging leads to the abnormal high pressure in
• Flare looseness and leakage from welds the refrigerant cycle, causing a rupture, an injury and a
• Deterioration of copper pipe and heat insulator compressor malfunction.
• Before recovering the refrigerant in the existing
system, perform a cooling operation for at least 30
minutes.
6-7-1. [Assumed gas leak]
The refrigerant can be charged only when the amount
of a leak such as a slow-leak found at the installation
Cautions for using existing pipe
work can be ensured that it is within the additional limits
• Do not reuse a flare nut to prevent gas leaks. shown in the following.
Replace it with the supplied flare nut and then
Recharge the refrigerant if the amount of leakage is
process it to a flare.
unknown when you feel “Cooling is not working well” or
• Blow nitrogen gas or use an appropriate means to “Heating is not working well”.
keep the inside of the pipe clean.
If discolored oil or much residue is discharged, wash
the pipe. 6-7-2. [Limiting the additional
• Check welds, if any, on the pipe for gas leaks.
• There may be a problem with the pressure
charge]
resistance of the branching pipes of the existing • The maximum amount of additional refrigerant shall
piping. be up to 10% of the normal amount of the refrigerant.
Replace them with branch pipes (sold separately). If no improvement in symptoms can be found at the
above limitation, recover all gases and recharge the
When the pipe corresponds to any of the following, do normal amount of refrigerant.
not use it. Install a new pipe instead. • If the slow leak is found at the installation work and
• The pipe has been opened (disconnected from the connection pipe length is 15 m or less, tighten the
indoor unit or outdoor unit) for a long period. flare nut at the leak point and do not add the
• The pipe has been connected to an outdoor unit that refrigerant.
does not use refrigerant R22, R410A, R32 R407C.
• The existing pipe must have a wall thickness equal
to or larger than the following thicknesses.
6-7-3. [Cautions on charging
additional refrigerant]
Reference outside Wall thickness
Material
diameter (mm) (mm) • When charging additional refrigerant, use a balance
6.4 0.8 — with an accuracy of more than 10 g scale.
12.7 0.8 — Do not use a health-meter etc.
15.9 1.0 — • If the refrigerant gas leaks, find the leakage point and
repair it securely. Though the refrigerant gas itself is
• Do not use any pipe with a wall thickness less than innocuous, if it touch a fire source such as fan
these thicknesses due to insufficient pressure heater, stove or kitchen stove, noxious gas may
capacity occur.
• When charging the refrigerant, charge with liquid
refrigerant.
6-6-7. Recovering refrigerant Work carefully and charge it little by little since it may
Use the refrigerant recovery equipment to recover the be rapidly charged due to the liquid state.
refrigerant.

49
6-8. General safety precautions for using R32 refrigerant
6-8-1. Recovery 6-8-2. Decommissioning
• When removing refrigerant from a system, either for • Before carrying out this procedure, it is essential that
servicing or decommissioning, it is recommended the technician is completely familiar with the
good practice that all refrigerants are removed equipment and all its details. Only a qualified installer
safely. (*1) or qualified service person (*1) is allowed to do
• When transferring refrigerant into cylinders, ensure this work.
that only appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinders • It is recommended good practice that all refrigerants
are employed. are recovered safely.
• Ensure that the correct number of cylinders for • Prior to the task being carried out, an oil and
holding the total system charge are available. refrigerant sample shall be taken in case analysis is
• All cylinders to be used are designated for the required prior to re-use of reclaimed refrigerant.
recovered refrigerant and labelled for that refrigerant • It is essential that electrical power is available before
(i.e. special cylinders for the recovery of refrigerant). the task is commenced.
• Cylinders shall be complete with pressure relief
NOTE
valve and associated shut-off valves in good working
order. a) Become familiar with the equipment and its operation.
• Empty recovery cylinders are evacuated and, if b) Isolate system electrically.
possible, cooled before recovery occurs. c) Before attempting the procedure ensure that:
• Mechanical handling equipment is available, if required, for
• The recovery equipment shall be in good working
handling refrigerant cylinders;
order with a set of instructions concerning the • All personal protective equipment is available and being used
equipment that is at hand and shall be suitable for correctly;
the recovery of mildly flammable refrigerants. • The recovery process is supervised at all times by a competent
person;
• In addition, a set of calibrated weighing scales shall
• Recovery equipment and cylinders conform to the appropriate
be available and in good working order. standards.
• Hoses shall be complete with leak-free disconnect d) Pump down refrigerant system, if possible.
couplings and in good condition. e) If a vacuum is not possible, make a manifold so that refrigerant
• Before using recovery machine check that it is can be removed from the various parts of the system.
satisfactory working order, has been properly f) Make sure that cylinder is situated on the scales before
maintained and that any associated electrical recovery takes place.
components are sealed to prevent ignition in the g) Start the recovery machine and operate in accordance with
event of a refrigerant release. manufacturers instructions.
• Consult manufacturer if in doubt. h) Do not overfill cylinders (No more than 80% volume liquid
change).
• The recovered refrigerant shall be returned to the
i) Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of the cylinder,
refrigerant supplier in the correct recovery cylinder, even temporarily.
and the relevant Waste Transfer Note arranged.
j) When the cylinders have been filled correctly and the process
• Do not mix refrigerants in recovery units and complete, make sure that the cylinders and the equipment are
especially not in cylinders. removed from site promptly and all isolation valves on
• If compressors or compressor oils are to be equipment are closed off.
removed, ensure that they have been evacuated to k) Recovered refrigerant shall not be changed into another
an acceptable level to make certain that mildly refrigerant system unless it has been cleaned and checked.
flammable refrigerant does not remain within the
(*1) Refer to the “Definition of qualified installer or qualified service
lubricant. person”.
• The evacuation process shall be carried out prior to
returning the compressor to the suppliers.
• Only electric heating to the compressor body shall be
6-8-3. Labelling
employed to accelerate this process. • Equipment shall be labelled stating that it has been
• When oil is drained from a system, it shall be carried de-commissioned and emptied of refrigerant.
out safely. • The label shall be dated and signed.
• Ensure that are labels on the equipment stating the
equipment contains mildly flammable refrigerant.

50
7 Operational description
This chapter describes the working circuit and control of Air to Water Heat Pump about the following operations.

Item Page
7-1. Basic Operation
1) Operation control
7-1 2) Hot water supply operation 52 to 54
3) Heating operation
4) Cooling operation
7-2. Operation Mode and Control Method
1) Heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling
2) Hot water supply operation
3) Heating operation
4) Cooling operation
5) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "heating"
6) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling"
7-2 55 to 67
7) Boiler control
8) Hot water boost operation
9) Anti bacteria operation
10) Night setback operation
11) Frost protection operation
12) Auto operation
13) Night time low-noise operation
7-3. Hydro Unit Control
1) Capacity control (compressor, high-temperature release, low-temperature release)
2) Heater control
3) Circulation pump control
4) Control by the flow sensor
5) Mixing Valve control (2-temperature heating control)
6) Room temperature control
7) Room temperature control with the thermostat
7-3 8) Hot water cylinder thermostat control 67 to 85
9) Control of Mode selection and forced stop & restart
10) Control of limit of heat pump operation (Tempo1, 2)
11) Connection to a Smart Grid network (SG ready)
12) Output signal control
13) Q-H characteristics of hydro unit
14) Automatic restart control
15) Piping freeze prevention control
16) High return water protect control
7-4. Outdoor unit control
1) PMV (Pulse motor valve) control
2) Discharge temperature release control
3) Current release control
4) Outdoor fan control
5) Defrosting control
6) Winding heating control
7-4 7) Short circuit operation prevention control 86 to 94
8) Over current protection control
9) High pressure release control
10) High pressure switch
11) Compressor case thermostat
12) Bottom plate heater control
13) Start up from hibernation
14) Liquid injection control

51
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
7-1. 1) Operation control 1. Purpose
Basic Remote controller The operations of the
Operation hydro unit and the
outdoor unit are
Operation Remote controller settings controlled according to
condition selection user-defined operation
<Heating> Temperature setting condition settings.
<Hot water supply> Temperature setting 2. Details
Heating: Run/Stop <Cooling> Temperature setting The operation controls
Hot water supply: Run/Stop include those shown on
Cooling: Run/Stop Auto Temp the left.
3. Operations
Anti bacteria
1) An operation condition
Serial signals transmit Frost protection is selected with the
and receive Hot water boost remote controller.
2) Setting the remote
controller button to
AC 220 - 240 V for Hot water cylinder heater “ON” transmits a signal
Hydro AC 380 - 415 V (3N~) for Back up heater to the hydro unit.
unit 3) The hydro unit
controller controls the
operations shown on
Serial signals Water heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) the left while also
transmit and receive Condensed temperature sensor (TC) controlling the water 2-
way valve, water 3-way
Water heat Water outlet temperature sensor (TWO) valve, circulation
pump, mixing valve,
exchange Backup heater thermostat hot water cylinder
control board Low pressure sensor heater, and backup
heater.
Water inlet temperature sensor (TWI) 4) The hydro unit
Water flow sensor controller transmits an
operation instruction to
the outdoor unit, and
I/P 1 Pump 1 (Built-in circulation pump) uses serial signals to
I/P 2 Mixing Valve transmit and receive
control statuses.
I/P 3 O/P 1 5) The outdoor unit
I/P 4 O/P 2 control unit performs
the operation controls
I/P 5 O/P 3 shown on the left while
also controlling the
I/P 6 Water heat O/P 4 compressor, outdoor
I/P 7 exchange 3-way valve fan motor, pulse motor
Sub board valve, 4-way valve, 2-
I/P 8 Booster Heater way valve, and bottom
Floor inlet 2-way valve plate heater.
sensor (TFI) External Pump
Hot water Hot water cylinder heater
cylinder
sensor (TTW) Backup heater 1
Serial signals
Backup heater 2
transmit and receive

Outdoor Serial AC 220 - 240 V for heat pump (Single phase type)
unit communication

Outdoor unit control Compressor

Inverter frequency control Inverter
Outdoor fan motor
Serial signals
Waveform synthesis function
transmit and receive PD sensor (801, 1101)
Calculation function (Temperature calculation)
AD conversion function TD sensor
Outdoor Rapid heating function TS sensor
unit control Compressor restart TE sensor
Delay function TO sensor
G-Tr overcurrent prevention function PMV
Defrosting operation function 4-way valve
2-way valve (801, 1101)
Bottom plate heater (801, 1101)
High pressure switch
PMV (INJ) (801, 1101)

52
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
7-1. 2) Hot water supply operation Hot water supply operation
Basic 1. Purpose
Operation Hot water supply Hot water supply
Hot water temperature: 40°C to 75°C 2. Details
operation start
This section performs
hot water supply
operation according to
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control
Hydro unit heating conditions
Water 3-way valve control specified for the steps
control
Hot water cylinder heater control on the left.
3. Operations
1) By pressing the [ ]
Operation instruction button on the remote
signal transmit controller, the hydro
unit controller starts to
transmit a hot water
Number of compressor revolutions control supply operation signal
to the outdoor unit.
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control 2) The hydro unit
control Pulse motor valve control performs the operation
4-way valve control controls shown on the
left while also
controlling the
circulation pump, hot
water cylinder heater
“3WV”.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, electric
expansion valve, and
4-way valve based on
the operation signals
transmitted by the
hydro unit.

3) Heating operation Heating operation

1. Purpose
Heating operation Heating
Heating temperature: 20°C to 55 (65) °C
start 2. Details
* ( ): 801, 1101 This section performs
heating operation
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control according to heating
Hydro unit Water 3-way valve control conditions specified for
control Water 2-way valve control the steps on the left.
Mixing Valve control 3. Operations
Backup heater control 1) By pressing the [ ]
button on the remote
Operation instruction Booster heater control controller, the hydro
signal transmit unit controller starts to
transmit a heating
operation signal to the
Number of compressor revolutions control outdoor unit.
2) The hydro unit
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control performs the operation
control Pulse motor valve control controls shown on the
4-way valve control left while also
controlling the
circulation pump,
backup booster heater
“ON/OFF”, water 2-
way valve, and water 3-
way valve.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, electric
expansion valve, and
4-way valve based on
the operation signals
transmitted by the
hydro unit.

53
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc. Operation description
7-1. 4) Cooling operation 1. Purpose
Basic Cooling
Operation Cooling operation 2. Details
Cooling temperature: 7°C to 25°C This section performs
start
cooling operation
according to cooling
conditions specified for
Circulation pump "ON/OFF" control the steps on the left.
Hydro unit
Water 3-way valve control 3. Operations
control
Water 2-way valve control 1) By pressing the [ ]
button on the remote
controller, the hydro
Operation instruction unit controller starts to
transmit a cooling
signal transmit operation signal to the
outdoor unit.
2) The hydro unit
Number of compressor revolutions control controller performs the
Outdoor unit Number of outdoor fan motor revolutions control operation controls
control Pulse motor valve control shown on the left while
also controlling the
4-way valve control circulation pump, water
2-way valve, and water
3-way valve.
3) The outdoor unit
controls the
compressor, outdoor
fan motor, pulse motor
valve, and 4-way valve
based on the operation
signals transmitted by
the hydro unit.

54
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 1) Heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling
Operation Mode The heat pump operation range of hot water supply, heating and cooling is shown on the figures below.
and Control
Method
401, 601

44
To

42
40
38 Cooling operation range
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6 Heat pump operation range of
4 hot water supply and heating.
* With the exception of TO
2
25°C or higher for heating.
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12 Heat pump operation range of
hot water supply and heating
-14
Freeze determination is
-16 executed only once.
-18
-20
-22 Heater operation
-24
-26
-28
-30
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60

Water temperature at inlet (TWI)

55
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2.
Operation Mode
and Control 801, 1101
Method

To 44
42
40
38 Cooling operation range
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6 Heat pump operation range of
4 hot water supply and heating.
* With the exception of TO
2
25°C or higher for heating.
0
-2
-4
-6 Heat pump operation range of
-8 hot water supply and heating,
until discharge temperature
-10
getting too high.
-12 Heat pump operation range of
hot water supply and heating
-14
Freeze determination is
-16 executed only once.
-18
-20
-22
-24
-26
-28 Heater operation
-30
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60

Water temperature at inlet (TWI)

56
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. The following shows the operation modes and controlled objects.
Operation Mode
and Control Operation Heating and Hot water both operate Cooling and Hot water both operate
mode
Method Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Heat pump select
Hot for hot water for hot water
for heating for cooling
Cooling Heating water supply supply
only only supply
only Hot Hot Hot Hot
Heating water Heating water Cooling water Cooling water
Controlled side supply side supply side supply side supply
object side side side side
Heat pump O O O O × × O O × × O
Backup
× O × O × × × × × × ×
heater
Hot water
cylinder × × O × O × O × O × O
heater

O Possible
× Not possible
2) Hot water supply operation
1) Operation start condition
When the [ ] remote controller button is pressed and the
following operation start condition is met, the operation starts.
• TTW < 38°C is detected.

2) Operation mode determination

An operation mode is determined according to the temperature TTW sensor
of TTW sensor.
• Heat pump operation selection *1 *2
• When TTW < 38°C (a zone in the right figure) is met, the heat
pump operation is selected.
• Heater operation selection (Hot water cylinder unit)
When 52°C ≤ TTW < TSC_H (b zone in the right figure) is
met, the heater operation is selected.
• Thermostat status "OFF" selection TTW
When TTW ≥ TSC_H is met, the thermostat status "OFF" is
selected.
TSC_H
3) Operation stop (Temperature set with Thermostat OFF c Zone *4
The operation stops in the following cases. remote controller)
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction. Heater operation
• TTW ≥ TSC_H is met. b Zone
HP_H OFF 52°C
*1: When the outside temperature is -20 (-25) °C or below, the HP_H ON 38°C
Heat pump
heater operation is selected even if the TTW temperature falls operation a Zone
into "a zone".
* ( ): 801, 1101
*2: When "Hot water supply" and "Heating" are simultaneously in TSC_H is hot water temperature
operation, the heater operation may be selected depending on set with remote controller
the outside air temperature.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
1E Upper limit of hot water supply temperature 75°C 60 - 80°C
1F Lower limit of hot water supply temperature 40°C 40 - 60°C
20 Heat pump start temperature 38°C 20 - 45°C
21 Heat pump end temperature 52°C 40 - 65°C
24 Outside air correction start temperature for hot water supply*3 0°C -20 - 10°C
25 Outside air correction temperature for hot water supply*3 3 degree 0 - 15 degree

*3: When the outside temperature is 0°C or below, the boil-up temperature will be higher that setting temperature in hot
water supply mode.
*4: When the hot water supply mode does not operate for certain period, to prevent water temperature drop, hot water
supply mode will operate even TTW is in c Zone, it’s operation cycle is depend on DN_6AC setting (default 24H).

57
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 3) Heating operation
Operation Mode <Operation only for ZONE1>
and Control • This operation is enabled when DN_6B9 is set to "0000" (default).
Method • The remote controller displays settings, and only the set temperature of can be changed.

<Operation for ZONE1 and ZONE2 (2 temperatures control)>

• This operation is enabled when DN_6B9 is set to "0000" (default) and DN_6BA to "0001".
• The remote controller displays settings, and the set temperatures of
can be changed.
• To set temperatures for and , use SELECT to switch between and
.
• For 2 zone temperatures control, the flow adjustment of MIXING VALVE controls the water temperature of
. For details,
see the description on MIXING VALVE control in 7-3-5. (See page 74)

1) Operation start condition

Pressing the [ ] button of remote controller starts a heating TWI
operation. *1 *2
Thermostat off e zone
operation
2) Operation mode selection
TSC_F
An operation mode is determined according to the temperature
of TWI sensor. diff2K
• Heat pump operation selection *1 *2 d zone
When TWI < TSC_F (d zone in the right figure) is met, the
heat pump operation is selected.
• Thermostat status "OFF" Heat pump operation
When TWI ≥ TSC_F (e zone in the right figure) is met, the
thermostat status "OFF" is selected. TSC_F is a heating temperature
set with remote controller
3) Operation stop condition
When the following condition is met, the heating operation
stops.
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction.

*1: When the outside temperature is -20 (-25) °C or below, the

heater operation is selected even if the TWI temperature falls
into "d zone".
* ( ): 801, 1101
*2: When "Hot water supply" and "Heating" are simultaneously in
operation, the heater operation may be selected depending on
the outside air temperature.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
1A Upper limit of heating (Zone1) limited temperature 55 (65) 37 - 55 (65) °C
1B Lower limit of heating (Zone1) limited temperature 20 20 - 37°C
1C Upper limit of heating (Zone2) limited temperature 55 (65) 37 - 55 (65) °C
1D Lower limit of heating (Zone2) limited temperature 20 20 - 37°C
* ( ): 801, 1101

58
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 4) Cooling operation
Operation Mode Pressing the [ ] button twice, starts a cooling operation.
and Control
Method 1) Operation start condition
Pressing the [ ] button twice, starts a cooling operation. TWI
Heat pump operation
(Cooling)
2) Operation mode selection Higher of d zone
An operation mode is determined according to the TSC_F+2K or 12°C
temperature of TWI sensor. TSC_F
• Heat pump operation selection *1 e zone
When TWI ≥ TSC_F (d zone in the right figure) is met, the Thermostat off operation
heat pump operation is selected.
• Thermostat status "OFF"
When TWI < TSC_F (e zone in the right figure) is met, the TSC is a cooling temperature
thermostat status "OFF" is selected. set with the remote controller

3) Operation stop condition

When either of the following conditions is met, the cooling
operation stops.
• The remote controller gives a stop instruction.
• The operation is switched to heating.

*1: When the outside temperature is 10°C or below, cooling does

not start even if the TWI temperature falls into "d zone".

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
02 Cooling mode availability 0 0: Permitted
18 Upper limit of cooling setting temperature 25 18 - 30°C
19 Lower limit of cooling setting temperature 7 7 - 20°C

5) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "heating"

TO
At the time of "Hot water supply" and "Heating" simultaneous
Hot water
operation, the operation mode is select as follows depending on f zone
the outside air temperature. supply heat
pump priority
Diff: 5deg
• f zone Operation with hot water supply priority operation
0
A heat pump operation is performed in the hot water supply (DN_22) Heating heat g zone
side. pump priority
Diff: 5deg
The heat pump maintains a supply of hot water for up to operation
30 minutes during a simultaneous operation. -20
• g zone Operation with heating priority (-25)*
Heater operation h zone *3
A heat pump operation is performed in the heating side, and
a cylinder heater operation in the hot water supply side.
* ( ): 801, 1101
Operation mode by zone
Zone Hot water supply side Heating side
f Heat pump *2 Stop *2
g Heater Heat pump
h Heater *3 Heater *3

*2: Note that after a heat pump operation for "Hot water supply" is selected in f zone, when the operation moves to a
heater operation for "hot water" and then 5 minutes has passed (Hot water supply operation in b zone), the operation
mode changes as follows.

Zone Hot water supply side Heating side

f' Heater Heat pump
When TTW < 38°C (DN_20) is met, the operation ends f' zone and returns to f zone.

*3: If the h-zone operation starts while external temperature is higher than -25°C, the h-zone operation continues for
60 minutes.

59
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. Related DN
Operation Mode
and Control DN Setting item Default Setting available range
Method 22 Priority mode switch temperature 0°C -40 - 20°C

* Note: When user selects “hot water supply” and “ZONE1,2”, and Heat pump selects hot water supply mode, the
Maximum operating time of heat pump is 30 min.

6) Simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling"

For simultaneous operations of "hot water supply" and "cooling", basically cooling runs by a heat pump operation, and
hot water supply by a heater operation.
Hot water supply side Cooling side
Normal Heater * Heat pump *
* By setting DN_0F to “1”, heat pump operation for “hot water supply” is permitted. Under the setting, the heat pump
runs for the hot water supply side when TTW is less than 38°C.

Hot water supply side Cooling side

TTW < 38°C Heat pump stop
The operation mode returns to normal when TTW become 52°C or more (DN_21).

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
0F Heat pump operation for hot water supply permitted / not 0: Not permit 1: Permitted (Heat pump
permitted may run for hot water
supply.)

60
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 7) Boiler control
Operation Mode The boiler assists the hot water supply operation and heating operation according to the boiler’s position.
and Control
Method 7-1) Boiler setting
• Connect its connection cable to CN22 port on the PC board of the hydro unit.
• DN_6B0 = “0/1” switches “Not using boiler (Default) / Using boiler”.
Set the DN_6B0 to “1” when using the boiler.
• The temperature switching the boiler and heat pump: DN_23 = -10°C (Default) See the next item.
The boiler output becomes effective when the outside air temperature is -10°C or less.
• Boiler position setting: DN_6B1 = “0/1” must be switched in accordance with the boiler position from the 3-way
valve; before the 3-way valve / after the 3-way valve and in the heating side (Default).
When the DN_6B1 is set to “1”, the boiler runs in the hot water supply operations or heating operation. The action
of the 3-way valve depends on heat pump’s action and the boiler follows their action.
When the DN_6B1 is set to “0”, the boiler runs in heating operation. Also, the boiler runs when the heat pump is
running for heating while heating and supplying hot water simultaneously.
• Priority setting between the boiler and hydro unit: DN_3E = “0/1” switches the running priority; hydro unit (Default)
/boiler.
When DN_3E is set to “0” (Default), the hydro unit has priority, the boiler stops as inlet water temperature reaches
the hydro unit’s temperature setting.
When DN_3E is set to “1”, the boiler continues to run even after inlet water temperature reaches the hydro unit’s
temperature setting. (The setting of DN_3E is effective during the HP+Boiler operation.)
• Coordination setting of the boiler and heat pump: when DN_5B = “0”, the boiler and heat pump runs simultaneously.
When DN_5B = “1”, only the boiler runs, pump ON. (However, if the external air temperature becomes the boiler-
HP switching temperature or more within 60 minutes)
When DN_5B = “2”, the heater runs. (the heater may run instead for up to 60 minutes.)
When DN_5B = “3”, only the boiler runs. (Pump OFF: Default)
DN_6B5 should be “0 (Default)”

<Installation example>
DN_6B1 = “0” (The boiler is placed after the 3-way valve and in the heating side.)

TO <= -10* -10* < TO

Boiler HEATING Boiler + HP** HP
Radiator HOT WATER HP HP
Boiler for heating
HEATING & HOT
HP for hot water HP
WATER
Outdoor Hydro unit or heating
unit Buffer tank
COOLING – HP (TO ≥ 10)
HP for cooling
COOLING & HOT HP for cooling
Heater for hot
WATER Heater for hot water***
water***
* Boiler & HP switching temp setting DN_23 = -10
** Boiler control / functionality setting DN_5B = 0 (HP+Boiler)
*** Hot water & cooling priority setting (DN_0F = “1” hot water
priority is necessary.)

DN_6B1 = “1” (The boiler is placed before the 3-way valve.)

TO <= -10* -10* < TO

Boiler HEATING Boiler + HP** HP

Radiator HOT WATER Boiler + HP** HP
HEATING & HOT
Boiler + HP** HP
WATER
Outdoor Hydro unit
unit Buffer tank COOLING – HP (TO ≥ 10)
HP for cooling
COOLING & HOT HP for cooling
Heater for hot
WATER Heater for hot water***
water***
* Boiler & HP switching temp setting DN_23 = -10
** Boiler control / functionality setting DN_5B = 0 (HP+Boiler)
*** Hot water & cooling priority setting (DN_0F = “1” hot water
priority is necessary)

61
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 7-2) Boiler-output control
Operation Mode • I zone: heat pump operation
and Control Normally the heat pump operation is executed in the zone.
Method • J zone: heat pump operation and boiler operation *1
In the zone, the heat pump + boiler operation (*2) is executed and the heater operation is executed in the hot-water-
supply side.

TO

I zone
Heat pump Diff: 5K
operation
-10
J zone
Heat pump &
boiler operation

*2:Operation mode is not changed with the outside temperature when an external signal to control the limit of heat
pump limit operation (see 7-3-10) is input.

7-3) Boiler output limit control

The boiler power output is limited depending on the settings of boiler position (DN_6B1) and DN_62.
DN_62
Boiler position Temperature range in which the boiler signal is output
(DN_6B1) (Activate/deactivate A02 error (Detected temperature of TWI, TWO or THO)
detection)
OFF 0 TWI and TWO and THO < 67°C
(After 3-way valve, heating side) 1 TWI and TWO and THO < 67°C
ON 0 TWI and TWO and THO < 70°C
(Before 3-way valve) 1 No limit *1

7-4) A02 error detection while the boiler is running

A02 error detection is deactivated depending on the settings of DN_62 and whether the boiler is installed or not (DN_6B0).
DN_62 Temperature recognized as A02 error
Boiler is installed or not
(Activate/deactivate A02 (Detected temperature of TWI, TWO or
(DN_6B0)
error detection) THO)
OFF 0 TWI or TWO or THO ≥ 70°C (Beep)
(Not installed) 1 TWI or TWO or THO ≥ 70°C (Beep)
ON 0 TWI or TWO or THO ≥ 70°C (Beep)
(Installed) 1 No error detection *1 (No beep)

*1 If a user runs the boiler under the condition that no limit has been set, and hot water from the boiler has damaged parts
inside of the hydro unit, the user is fully responsible for the damage.

7-5)2 zone temperature control while the boiler is running

2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DN_6B5 OFF
ZONE2 operation is P2 synchronize DN_5B
Boiler is installed 2 zone temperature control
using with P1 Coordination of the
(DN_6B0) P1 / P2 / Mixing Valve control
(DN_6BA) (DN_6B5) boiler and heat pump
0
(Boiler and heat pump)
1
OFF ON / ON / ON
(Boiler only)
(No synchronize,
Always ON) 2
(Heater only)
3
OFF / ON / ON
ON ON (Boiler only (P1 OFF))
(Installed) (Using) 0
(Boiler and heat pump)
1
ON / ON / ON
ON (Boiler only)
(Synchronize) 2
(Heater only)
3
OFF / OFF / OFF
(Boiler only (P1 OFF))

62
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. Related DN
Operation Mode
and Control DN Setting item Default Variable range
Method 23 Boiler-heat pump switching temperature -10°C -20 - 20°C
3E Control priority between the hydro unit and boiler 0: Hydro unit control Independent temperature
(Control valid for operating heat pump mode) control for the hydro unit
and boiler
5B Coordination of the boiler and heat pump 3: Boiler only (Pump OFF) 0: Boiler and Heat pump
1: Boiler only
2: Heater only
62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0: Activate 1: Deactivate

8) Hot water boost operation

A Hot water boost operation heats the water quickly to the set temperature TSC_H = 75°C (DN_09).

1) How to operate
• When hotwater boost “ON” after pressing the remote controller [ ] button, a heat pump operation in progress in
the heating side switches to in the hot water side, and continues the operation regardless of the hot water supply start
condition, TTW < 38°C. In addition, the hot water cylinder heater is immediately energized to start a Hot water supply
operation under TSC_H = 75°C.
• A Hot water boost operation returns to the usual operation after 60 minutes passed or reached 75°C.
• The remote controller display during a Hot water boost operation is the same as the set temperature display of a
usual Hot water supply operation.
• The usual set temperature change is used for changing the set temperature during a Hot water boost operation.
Change the BOOST set temperature with DN_09, if necessary.

HOT WATER button set to "ON"

Hot water boost button set to "ON"

Current heat pump Heating side

operation
Hot water Switches to Hot water
supply side supply operation
75°C hot water operation (DN_09)

60 minutes operating time (DN_08)

Usual operation

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
09 Hot water boost set temperature 75°C 40 - 80°C
08 Hot water boost operation time 60 min 30 - 180 min
Every 10 min

63
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 9) Anti bacteria operation
Operation Mode An Anti bacteria operation regularly performs a Hot water supply operation with the set temperature TSC_H = 75°C
and Control (can be set with DN_0A).
Method
1) How to operate
• Pressing the [ ] button and then the remote controller Anti bacteria “ON” changes the setting to TSC_H = 75°C
at the set cycle and time (both can be set with the remote controller DN) to start Anti bacteria operation.
• The first Anti bacteria operation starts when press the Anti bacteria “ON” and starting time come.
• When the set temperature 75°C is reached after the Anti bacteria operation started, the set temperature remains
another 30 minutes (can be set with DN_0B).
• The priority zone determined by the outside temperature selects an operation, Hot water heat pump or hot water
supply heater.
• The hot water heat pump operation, when selected, ignores the hot water supply start condition (TTW < 38°C) and
forcibly performs a hot water operation.
• During Anti bacteria operation (Forcible hot water operation at 75°C), the hot water set temperature display is not
changed. If it is changed from the remote controller, the normal hot water set temperature will be changed.

HOT WATER button set to "ON"

Anti bacteria button set to "ON"

Anti bacteria start time

75°C hot water supply operation

75°C hot water supply operation for 30 minutes

Usual hot water supply operation

(Set temperature: 40°C to 75°C)

Caution

• During a 75°C hot water supply operation with Anti bacteria,

the remote controller does not display 75°C.
• Be careful not to burn yourself; Output water may be hotter
than that displayed on the remote controller.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
0A Anti bacteria set temperature 75°C 65 - 80°C
0B Anti bacteria holding time 30 min 0 - 60 min
Remote Anti bacteria start time 22:00 0:00 - 22:00
controller 0C
Remote Anti bacteria operation cycle 7 days Every day to 10 days
controller 0D

64
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 10) Night setback operation
Operation Mode A Night setback operation performs heating at 5K lower and cooling at 5K higher temperatures against the remote
and Control controller set temperature from the setting start time (22:00) to the end time (6:00) every day.
Method
Note) • Set the remote controller time before starting a Night setback operation.
• The set time can be changed with remote controller DN. (See 9-8 (See page 149))

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
Remote controller Night setback start Time setting 22:00 0:00 - 23:00
0E
Remote controller Night setback end Time setting 6:00 0:00 - 23:00
0F
26 Night setback setting Temperature width 5 degree 3 - 20 degree
58 Night setback setting activate 0. Zone 1 & 2 1. Zone 1 only

11) Frost protection operation

A Frost protection operation performs heating at the set temperature RSC_F = 15°C (DN).

1) How to operate
• Pressing the remote controller [ ] button and then Frost protection “ON” starts a heating operation at the set
temperature of 15°C.
• Set Frost protection “OFF” cancels the Frost protection operation.
• The remote controller displays "F" as the temperature during Frost protection.
• A set temperature change during a Frost protection operation cancels the operation.

2) Automatic stop of Frost protection operation

• The operation period of Frost protection can be set at DN_12 and 13 on the remote controller.
Longest period available: 20 days and 23 hours
• By entering the operation period (day and hour) at DN_12 and 13 on the remote controller and set Frost protection
“ON”, the operation period is set and the Frost protection operation will automatically be finished after the period
has passed.
• The operation period setting (day and hour) is stored in the memory.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting available range
3A Frost protection Yes / No 1: Yes 0: No
3B Frost protection Set temperature 15°C 8 - 20°C
12 (Remote controller) FROST running period (days) 0 0 - 20 days
13 (Remote controller) FROST running period (hours) 0 0 - 23 hours

65
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 12) Auto operation
Operation Mode An Auto operation sets the water temperature TSC_F depending on the outside air temperature TO.
and Control
Method 1) How to operate
• Pressing the remote controller [ ] button and then setting Auto mode "ON" starts Auto operation for heating.
• During an Auto operation, setting Auto mode "OFF" returns to the usual manual set heating operation.
• The remote controller displays "A" as the temperature during an Auto operation.
(When 2-temperature control is enabled, the remote controller displays "A".)
• Long-pressing the [ ] button in menu display activates the Auto-Curve DN change mode, enabling the set Auto-
Curve water temperature to be shifted by ±5K range (DN_27). When using the auto curve shift function please note
the maximum and minimum water temperature at 55 (65) °C and 20°C respectively.
* ( ): 801, 1101
• Even if the temperature setting is changed during an Auto operation, the operation continues.
• An Auto operation works with a heating operation only, not with a cooling or a hot water supply operation.

<ZONE1>
• An operation starts at the set temperature of straight -line approximation for the following: water temperature A°C
with the outside temperature T0°C, B°C with T1°C, C°C with T2°C, D°C with T3°C, and E°C with 20°C.

Related DN
TSC_F (°C)
± 5K adjustable (DN_27) DN Setting item Default range
A (40)
2C Setting temperature A at T0 40 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
B (35)
2D Setting temperature B at T1 35 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
C (30)
2E Setting temperature C at T2 (= 0°C) 30 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
D (25)
2F Setting temperature D at T3 25 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
E (20)
30 Setting temperature E at 20°C 20 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) A1 Outside temperature T0 -20 -30 ~ -20°C
(-20) (-10) (10)
29 Outside temperature T1 -10 -15 ~ 0°C
2B Outside temperature T3 10 0 ~ 15°C
27 Set temperature shift with heating set to auto 0 -5 to 5K
* ( ): 801, 1101

<ZONE2>
• Set temperature of the ZONE2 can be selected from two methods (DN_A2). One is a percentage of ZONE1, the other
is a fixed value.
DN_A2 = "0": Percentage method that is set by DN_31.
DN_A2 = "1": Fixed value method that is set by DN_A3, A4 and A5.
However, it is automatically controlled the set temperature of ZONE1 to be the ZONE2 or more.

DN_A2 = 0 Percentage method DN_A2 = 1 Fixed value method

TSC_F (°C) TSC_F (°C)

ZONE 1 A' (40)
A (40)

B (35) ZONE 2
B' (35)
80% (DN_31) of ZONE1
C (30)

D (25)

E (20) E' (20)

T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) T0 T1 20 TO (°C)

(-20) (-10) (10) (-20) (-10)

Auto-Curve in ZONE2 shows 80% (DN) of that of ZONE1, The ZONE2 set temperature A'°C with the outside
the water temperature setting does not fall below 20°C. temperature T0°C, B'°C with T1°C, E'°C with 20°C.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default range
A2 The choice of how to set ZONE2 0 0 or 1
A3 Setting temperature A' at T0 40 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
A4 Setting temperature B' at T1 35 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
A5 Setting temperature E' at 20 °C 20 20 ~ 55 (65) °C
31 Auto-Curve ratio of ZONE2 80 0 ~ 100%
* ( ): 801, 1101

66
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-2. 13) Night time low-noise operation
Operation Mode A night time low-noise operation reduces operation frequency and the number of outdoor fan rotations for a certain period
and Control during night time as noise control for urban operation.
Method
401 601 801 1101
Heating / Heating / Heating / Heating /
Hot water Cooling Hot water Cooling Hot water Cooling Hot water Cooling
supply supply supply supply
Compressor Hz 36.0 50.4 55.2 50.4 45.0 48.0 64.2 48.0
FAN rpm 320 400 320 400 410 540 410 540
* When ambient temperature is very low, compressor frequency and fan rotations will get to high for prevention
the product damage.
The night time low-noise operation is enabled / disabled by changing the remote controller DN_09.
<How to set> - Refer to “11. Night time Low-noise Setting” on page 166.
Select "Silent mode" in menu display, and set to "ON".
7-3. 1) Capacity control (compressor, high-temperature release, low-temperature release)
Hydro Unit Control
This unit controls the compressor frequency and heater output so that the water outlet temperature matches the remote
controller set temperature.

1-1) Compressor control

• Calculates the different between the remote controller set temperature (TSC_H, TSC_F) and the water outlet
temperature (Hot water supply: THO, Heating: TWO).
• Sets the Hz signal correction amount that determines the number of compressor rotations by the temperature
difference.
• Detects the number of compressor rotations.
• Compares the Hz signal correction amount and the current operation Hz, and changes the compressor output
according to the difference.
* The control details are the same for hot water supply, heating, and cooling.

Remote controller Hydro unit

Temperature settings Water outlet temperature
(TSC_H, TSC_F) (THO, TWO)

TSC_H-THO for hot water supply

TSC_F-TWO
for heating/cooling

Hz signal correction

Number of compressor
rotation detection

Hz signal correction ≤ Operation Hz

Inverter output change

Number of compressor
rotation change

Compressor frequency changeable range 10 Hz to 80 Hz (401)

10 Hz to 99 Hz (601)
10 Hz to 89 Hz (801)
10 Hz to 99 Hz (1101)

67
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 1-2) Low temperature release control
Hydro Unit Control A heat pump operation is performed as shown in the table below according to the TC sensor detecting temperature.
• For the detected temperature, TC = TWO of a heat pump operation is used. The values of T7 through T10 varies
depending on TWI. (See the table below)
• If the compressor frequency instruction from the hydro unit is less than 10 Hz, the compressor stops.
• TC < 3°C causes the compressor to stop abnormally. When the compressor restarts when 140 seconds has
passed after the stop and TC < 3°C is not detected for 20 minutes, the abnormal stop counter is cleared. 10 times
of compressor abnormal stop stops the operation of heat pump, and fault code A11 is displayed on the remote
controller.
* If the heat pump operation is switched to other operation, the abnormality detection counter is reset to 0.

TC (TWO) Zone Control operation

S (normal) R1 Increase compressor frequency by 0.8 Hz every
T7 60 sec.
R1
R2 (slow up) R2 Increase compressor frequency by 0.4 Hz every
(slow up)
T8 60 sec.
Q (keep) O Decrease compressor frequency by 4.5 Hz every
T9
10 sec.
P (slow down)
T10 P Decrease compressor frequency by 2.4 Hz every
O (down) 10 sec.
T11 Q Keep compressor frequency.
Forcible stop

TC = TWO (°C)
TWI T7 T8 T9 T10 T11
TWI < 10 8.0 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.5
10 ≤ TWI < 15 8.5 6.5 4.5 3.5 2.5
15 ≤ TWI < 20 9.0 7.0 5.0 4.0 2.5
20 ≤ TWI 9.5 7.5 5.5 4.5 2.5

1-3) Freeze release control (TC + TWO release control)

For freeze prevention, the compressor is controlled during cooling operation as shown in the table below according
to the calculated values of TC and TWO.
• If TC + TWO falls below -15 for a total of 10 times, the compressor stops abnormally and fault code A10 is displayed
on the remote controller.
• When cooling operation has lasted normally for 10 minutes, the abnormality detection counter is reset to 0.

TC + TWO Zone Control operation

S: Normal
T7 S (normal) Normal cooling operation
P: Down Decrease compressor frequency by approx.
P (slowdown)
T8 2.0 Hz every 10 sec.
O: Down Decrease compressor frequency by approx.
T9 O (down)
4.0 Hz every 10 sec.
Forced stop
(Forced stop) Stop the compressor.

T7 T8 T9
TC + TWO 6.0 4.0 -15

68
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 2) Heater control
Hydro Unit Control 2-1) Hot water supply operation
During a hot water heat pump operation, the unit energizes the hot water cylinder heater (2.7 kW) when any of
following conditions are met. Note that when the hot water supply set temperature (TSC_F) is reached, the unit stops
energizing the heater.
• When 120 minutes has passed after the hot water heat pump operation started.
• The water inlet temperature (TWI) reaches 52 (56) °C.
* ( ): 801, 1101
• The hot water cylinder sensor reaches the HP_OFF temperature (52°C-DN).
• The HP_ON temperature (38°C-DN) is reached without the hot water HP status.
• Hot water boost operation is in progress.

TTW
Abnormality detection (A03 displayed)
Z zone
85
Y zone Diff: 2K
Heater off

TSC_H
X zone Target-4
Heater on
Heater on only with
Heat pump_OFF (52) Hot water boost or
Anti bacteria in operation

(Heater on without Heat pump_ON (38°C)

hot water heat (Hot water heat pump)
pump)

2-2) Heating operation

1) Heater control at the time of heat pump operation
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater
The backup heater control starts when 13 minutes has passed after the heating heat pump operation started and
select the ZONE (A-D). The backup heater control increases, decreases, or maintains the number of heaters
every 10 minutes (DN) depending on the difference between the heating set temperature (TSC_F) and the
heater outlet temperature (THO). When the heating set temperature (TSC_F) is reached, the hydro stops
energizing the backup heater.

THO

E zone Abnormality detection (A02 displayed)

70
Diff: 2K
D zone
Heater off
TSC_F-0
Heater output down every
C zone
5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes
TSC_F-2
Diff: 2K
B zone
KEEP
TSC_F-4
Diff: 2K
A zone
Heater output up every
10, 20, 30, or 40 minutes

Status Heater ON/OFF

Heater 1 Backup-heater 3 kW = ON
Heater 2 Backup-heater 6 kW = ON
Heater 3 Backup-heater 9 kW = ON

(1) HWT-**M3W-E model has the backup heater 1 of 3 kW only.

(2) HWT-**T6W-E model has the backup heater 2 of 3 kW. (Total 6 kW)
• Restriction of backup heater energization during heating mode (For energy saving)
When outdoor temperature is higher than the reference valve, the backup heater is forcibly off during heating mode.

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting available range

Forcibly heater off
B8 no restriction -5 ~ 20°C
at TO ≥ A°C

69
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 2) Control at the time of heating heater operation
Hydro Unit Control • Controlled Object: Backup heater, Booster heater
The backup heater control starts when 3 minutes has passed after the heating heater operation started.
The backup heater control increases, decreases, or maintains the number of heaters every 10 minutes (DN)
depending on the difference between the heating set temperature (TSC_F) and the heater outlet temperature
(THO). Note that when the heating set temperature (TSC_F) +2K is reached, the unit stops energizing the
heater.

THO

E zone Abnormality detection (A02 displayed)

70
Diff: 2K
D zone
Heater off
TSC_F+2
Heater output down every
C zone
5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes
TSC_F-0
Diff: 2K
B zone
KEEP
TSC_F-2
Diff: 2K
A zone
Heater output up every
10, 20, 30, or 40 minutes

Status Heater ON/OFF

Heater 1 Backup heater 3 kW = ON
Heater 2 Backup heater 6 kW = ON
Heater 3 Backup heater 9 kW = ON
Heater 4 Heater 3 + Booster heater

HWT-**M3W-E model has the backup heater 1 of 3 kW only.

HWT-**T6W-E model has the backup heater 2 of 3 kW. (Total 6 kW)
Booster heater operation come only output signal. (Booster heater activate under heater only mode)

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting available range

20 Hot water supply heat pump start temperature 38°C 20 - 45°C
21 Hot water supply heat pump stop temperature 52°C 40 - 65°C
33 Heater control of down time 1:10 min 0: 5 min 2: 15 min 3: 20 min
34 Heater control of up time 0:10 min 1: 20 min 2: 30 min 3: 40 min

2-3) Heater control at the time of defrosting

THO
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater Heater OFF
When a defrosting operation starts during the heating heat
pump operation, the unit energizes a backup heater (3 kW) Diff: 2K
according to the heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) and TSC_F - β
Heater ON
the set temperature (TSC_F) as shown in Figure.

1) When the heater outlet temperature sensor (THO) drops to

the temperature of 2°C below the TSC_F-β, the backup
heater is energized.
β can be changed for energy saving. Status Heater ON/OFF
Heater 1 Backup heater 3 kW = ON
Defrosting ends according to the usual heater control.

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting available range

B9
β: 0 = 0K, ..., 4 = 40K 0K 0K - 40K
Recommendation: β = 2 (20K)

2-4) Forcible heater energization

To prevent freeze, the unit energizes or stops energizing a backup heater (3 kW) regardless of the unit status, not
operated or in operation.
• Object to be controlled: Backup heater
1) Energization start condition: TWO < 4 or TWI < 4 or THO < 4
2) Energization stop condition: TWO ≥ 5 and TWI ≥ 5 and THO ≥ 5
Defrosting ends according to the usual heater control.

70
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 2-5) No heater operation
Hydro Unit Control According to the DN setting, the unit switches the energize / not energize for the hot water cylinder, backup heater,
and booster. For details, see 9-1. (See page 142)
(Caution)
All heater should be added to this Air to water system.
The system has been designed to operate with all electrical heaters energized.

3) Circulation pump control

One circulation pump (external circulation pump P2) can be connected to the unit in addition to the built-in
circulation pump P1.
You can change the settings of the built-in pump P1 and the external circulation pump P2 using
DN_5A, DN_6D0, DN_6B5, DN_6D1.

Item Operation Initial value

Circulation 5A: Built-in circulation pump P1’s action during hot water supply operation: 0: HP operation only
pump HP operation only / Always energized
Related DN 6D0: Built-in circulation pump P1’s action during heating operation: 0: Always energized
Always energized / Turned off when TO sensor detect over than 20°C.
6B5: External circulation pump P2’s action: 0: Non-synchronous
Non-synchronous / Synchronous with the built-in circulation pump P1
6D1: Built-in circulation pump P1 ON/OFF cycling (During long periods of system off) 0: None

If the external circulation pump P2 is set to Non-synchronous, the pump P2 is always energized.

3-1) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1

The pump operation starts under the condition below:
• When the [ ] or [ ] button is pressed.
• The pump speed changes to adjust the water flow rate. Pump speed control period is 1 [sec].

Basic flow rate

Heating / Hot water supply: FLrH = Capacity / 5 * 60 / 4.15 [L/min]
Cooling: FLrC = Capacity / 5 * 60 / 4.19 [L/min]
Minimum flow rate
Heating capacity Hot water supply Cooling capacity
Heating / Hot water Cooling / Defrost
[kW] capacity [kW] [kW]
supply mode [L/min] mode [L/min] *
401 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 10.0
601 6.0 4.0 5.0 5.5 10.0
801 8.0 8.0 6.0 6.0 13.0
1101 11.0 8.0 8.0 6.0 13.0

* See the pump Q-H characteristic. Design the water pipe length within the characteristic of the pump.

Target flow rate is finally determined with considering the correction according to ambient temperature and other
operation condition. And, target flow rate can be corrected by DN_6A7 setting, for example, considered pump
operation noise.

The minimum target value (FL_min): (Minimum flow rate) + 2 [L/min]

The maximum target value (FL_max): 33 [L/min]

When set DN_6A6 to “0000”, pump speed is fixed, it’s speed is depend on DN:A0 setting.

DN Item Detail Factory default

6A6 Pump speed control 0000: Fixed speed 0001: Variable speed 0001: Variable speed
6A7 Pump speed control correction 0000: 100% 0001: 90% 0002: 75% 0003: 50% 0000: 100%

DN code A0 Pump flow rate

0 (Default) 100%
1 90%
2 80%
3 70%
4 60%
5 50%

71
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. Example of pump speed control (heating and hot water supply mode including defrost operation)
Hydro Unit Control
Item Status

FL_max

Heating target considered TO X°C

Target flow rate Heating target considered TO Y°C

Hot water supply target
FL_min
0 L/min

ON
Defrost
OFF

Compressor ON
Heating Comp. OFF / Thermostat OFF
Operation STOP

Compressor ON
Hot water supply Comp. OFF / Heater operation
Operation STOP

TO: X°C
Ambient temperature
TO: Y°C

When the target flow rate is changed, pump speed changes slowly in actual working, it is because of considering for
noise by pump speed changing quickly.

3-2) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during the hot water supply operation
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 during the hot water supply operation using DN_5A.
• DN_5A = “0” (Default): The pump stops as the HP for hot water supply stops.
• DN_5A = “1”: The pump is always energized.

3-3) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during the heating operation
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 during the heating operation using DN_6D0.
• DN_6D0 = “0” (Default): The pump is always energized.
• DN_6D0 = “1”: The pump stops when To ≥ 20°C. (Practically the HP for heating is turned off.)

3-4) Synchronized external circulation pump P2

Pump type: DC motor, rated voltage 220-240 V, connectable directly up to 200W rated power output.
You can select whether the pump P2 is synchronized with the pump P1 using DN_6B5. The pump P2 is always
energized if the pump P2 is not synchronized.
• DN_6B5 = “0” (Default): Non-synchronous
NOTE:
2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DN_6B5 OFF

3-5) Controlling the external circulation pump P2

You can change the action of the external circulation pump P2 during cooling operation by setting DN_64.
• DN_64 = “00” (Default): The pump is always energized.
• DN_64 = “01”: The pump is always stopped.

72
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 3-6) Controlling the built-in circulation pump P1 during cooling operation controlled with the room temperature thermostat
Hydro Unit Control or room temperature remote controller.
You can change the action of the built-in circulation pump P1 by setting DN_65.
• DN_65 = “00” (Default): The pump is always energized.
• DN_65 = “01”: The pump is stopped when the thermostat is turned off.

3-7) Interval operation of the pump P1 during thermostat off operation (For energy saving)
The pump of the hydro unit performs intermittent operation according to the outdoor temperature during thermostat
off (compressor off) operation.
NOTE:
When boiler is installed (DN_6B0 = “1”), do NOT set intermittent operation or do NOT set the valve of A (DN_BA)
lower than the Boiler-heat pump switching temperature (DN_23).
A, lower limit of To during the heating operation, must be higher than the Boiler-heat pump switching
temperature.
Because when To is lower than the Boiler-heat pump switching temperature, the boiler output is ON state. But
if the pump stops due to the intermittent operation, the boiler output is also turned OFF.

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting value

0: synchronized with
5A Control of the pump P1 during the hot water supply operation 1: Always energized
HP
64 Control of the pump P2 during in cooling operation 0: Always ON 1: Always stopped
Control of the pump P1 while using the room temperature control 1: Stopped when the
65 0: Always ON
or room temperature thermostat thermostat is OFF
9E Turn off the P1 when TO sensor detect over than this temperature 20°C 10 ~ 30°C
Pump P1 restart diff TO sensor temperature, when turn off the P1
6E 2: 2K 1 ~ 5K
by to sensor detection.
BA intermittent operation at TO ≥ A°C (heating) 0: continuous operation -5 ~ 20°C
BB intermittent operation at TO < B°C (cooling) 0: continuous operation 25 ~ 35°C

73
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 4) Control by the flow sensor
Hydro Unit Control Whether water flows or not is judged with the valve of water flow sensor.

Without water-flow determination from the flow sensor after the hot water supply operation, heating operation, or cooling
operation, The HP, backup heater and booster heater are not energized. Similarly, The “A01” error indication flashes if
the flow sensor judged that water does not flow.
The specification of the flow sensor is the same in 601 and 1101. The flow setting differs due to the specification of piping
in the hydro unit.

5) Mixing Valve control (2-temperature heating control)

To set different radiator unit supply temperatures or floor heating supply temperatures, the unit performs Mixing Valve
control.
When Mixing Valve "Yes" is selected, the unit controls Mixing Valve every 2 minutes (DN) based on the difference TSC_Δ
T between the Zone2 set temperature and TFI (floor inlet water temperature sensor) temperature as follows:

TSC_ΔT 2 < TSC_ΔT -2 ≤ TSC_ΔT ≤ 2 -2 > TSC_ΔT

Control value + 1 step (Open) ± 0 step - 2 step (Close)

Initial value Driving range 1 step Control cycle

0 0 - 24 3 WV move 3.75 degrees 2 min (DN)

To enable 2 zone temperature control switch change DN_6BA to “1”.

NOTE:
The mixing valve will automatically be reset if 24 hours pass with the valve fully closed.
2 zone temperature control by boiler with P1 OFF is required DN_6B5 = “0”.

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting available range

0C Mixing Valve operation time 60 30 - 240 sec
59 Mixing Valve control time 2 30 sec, 1 - 30 min

6) Room temperature control

You can install a sub remote controller (separately purchased) in a room to control room temperature.

6-1) Installing the sub remote controller

• Wiring with the main unit (See the figure on the right): After detaching the front
panel, connect the sub remote controller to the right terminal on the main remote
controller, which is connected with the hydro unit. (No polarity)
• Place to install (inside a room): At the height of 100 cm - 150 cm on a wall
Opposite to the radiator or fan coil installed
No assignment when floor heating is used on the room.

6-2) Room temperature control settings

• Set one of remote controller as the header remote controller.
(Remote controller of Hydro unit is preset as Header.)
You can set “Header / Second” in “Initial setting” on the setting screen.
• Set DN_40 to “1” to control room temperature instead of water temperature.
• Set the “Temperature control” to “ON” in Initial setting MENU with the remote Right terminal on the
controller to control room temperature. main remote controller

74
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 6-3) Control method
Hydro Unit Control • The water temperature setting at starting operation is 40°C (DN_9D) at heating and 20°C (DN_96) at cooling.
If the temperature setting calculated by Auto curve at starting operation will be used instead of the fixed
temperature 40°C (DN_9D), DN_B5 should be set to “1”.
• The target water outlet temperature is adjusted by 1deg every 30 minutes based on the TSC_rc, the temperature
setting on the remote controller, and the room temperature (temperature indicated on the remote controller: T_rc).
The adjustable range of water temperature is set with DN_18 ~ 1B.
• The temperature set on the remote controller and actual room temperature may differ depending on the place of
the remote controller or room space. In that case, adjust temperature detection using DN_02 (for heating) and
DN_03 (for cooling) on the remote controller.

Warm-mode A’ zone: Thermo off Cool-mode

TSC_rc + 2K
A zone: Thermo off D zone: Down water temp
TSC_rc + 1K TSC_rc + 0.5K
B zone: Down water temp C zone: Keep water temp
TSC_rc TSC_rc
C zone: Keep water temp B zone: Up water temp
TSC_rc - 0.5K TSC_rc - 1.0K
D zone: Up water temp A zone: Thermo off

How to shift up/down the temperature by remote controller DN_02, 03

• Ambient temperature (remote controller) is higher than room temperature: example. 1deg
Change remote controller DN_02, 03 = “-1K” to “-2K”
• Ambient temperature (remote controller) is lower than room temperature: example. 1deg
Change remote controller DN_02, 03 = “-1K” to “0”
Correction control
T_rc
Heating Cooling
Setting is corrected upward. Setting is corrected downward.
D zone Water temperature setting is up by 1deg every Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every
30 minutes. 30 minutes.
C zone No correction No correction
Setting is corrected downward. Setting is corrected upward.
B zone Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every Water temperature setting is up by 1deg every
30 minutes. 30 minutes.
Setting is corrected downward. Setting is corrected upward.
Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every Water temperature setting is up by 1deg every
A zone 30 minutes. 30 minutes.
Thermo off. But if inlet water detected less 25°C, then Thermo off.
heat pump restart.
Setting is corrected downward.
Water temperature setting is down by 1deg every
A’ zone 30 minutes.
Thermo off.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Variable range
18 Upper limit of cooling temperature setting 25 18 - 30°C
19 Lower limit of cooling temperature setting 7 7 - 20°C
1A Upper limit of heating temperature setting (Zone 1) 55 (65) 37 - 55 (65) °C
1B Lower limit of heating temperature setting (Zone 1) 20 20 - 37°C
0: Not permitted
40 Room temperature control 0
1: Permitted
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
96 cooling by the room temperature remote controller and 20 5 - 30°C
room temperature thermostat
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
9D heating by the room temperature remote controller and 40 20 - 55 (65) °C
room temperature thermostat
02 (Remote controller) Room temperature correction (at heating) -1 -10K - +10K, 1K step
03 (Remote controller) Room temperature correction (at cooling) -1 -10K - +10K, 1K step
B2 Heat pump restart water condition in A zone. 25 20 - 37°C
Choose of the initial setting temperature. 0: Use the temperature
Either use the temperature set in DN_9D, or use the set in DN_9D
B5 0
temperature calculated by Auto curve. 1: Use the temperature
This applies heating operation only. calculated by Auto curve
* ( ): 801, 1101

75
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 7) Room temperature control with the thermostat
Hydro Unit Control You can install a commercially available thermostat to control room temperature.

7-1) Installing the room temperature thermostat

• Connect its connection cable to CN21 port on the PC board (MCC-1755) of the hydro unit.
• Thermostat for heating: Connect the input between the terminals (1) and (5).
Thermostat for cooling: Connect the input between the terminals (2) and (5).
• Place to install (inside a room): At the height of 120 cm - 180 cm on a wall
Opposite to the radiator or fan coil installed
No assignment when floor heating is used on the room.

Optional inputs to Hydro Unit

This unit has eight input ports. 2 ports of them are selectable by DN. Table2 shows the selectable input functions and
default settings.

Non-voltage contacts

MCC-1755 CN21 Input items (Default setting)

1 I/P 1 Room thermostat input for heating
I/P 1
2 I/P 2 Room thermostat input for cooling
I/P 2
3 I/P 3 Hot water tank thermostat input
I/P 3
4 I/P 4 Heating/cooling mode switching input
common I/P 4
5
line I/P 5 Heating/cooling operation ON/OFF
6
I/P 5 I/P 6 Hot water operation ON/OFF
7 I/P 6 I/P 7 (DN_B6) 0: Emergency shutdown input
8 I/P 7 I/P 8 (DN_B6) 0: None
common 9
I/P 8
line 10
Locally procured
Hydro Unit sub PCB

7-2) Room temperature thermostat control setting

• Setting of DN_6B3 = “1” (Default “0”)

I/P1 & I/P2: Room thermostat input

• Setting of DN_6B3 = “1”
• Non-voltage contacts
Thermostat operation

Heating Cooling
CN21
Reach Not reach Reach Not reach
1-5 (I/P1) open close - -
2-5 (I/P2) - - close open

7-3)Heating thermostat operation

When the heating thermostat does not reach the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (5) is closed),
heating starts under the setting that water temperature for heating is 40°C (DN_9D). If the heating thermostat has not
reached the assigned temperature 30 minutes after heating had started, the water temperature setting is turned up 1
degree, and the same action will be repeated every 30 minutes until the thermostat reaches the assigned temperature.
The backup heater and booster heater are controlled in the same way as in the normal HP operation.
When the heating thermostat reaches the assigned temperature (the circuit between (1) and (5) is open), the heat
pump shifts to the “thermostat off” operation. During the operation, the water temperature setting is turned down by 1
degree every 30 minutes. The backup heater and booster heater are tuned off as the heat pump shifts to the
“thermostat off” operation.

76
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 7-4)Cooling thermostat operation
Hydro Unit Control When the cooling thermostat does not reach the assigned temperature (the circuit between (2) and (5) is open),
cooling starts under the setting that water temperature for cooling is 20°C (DN_96). If the cooling thermostat has not
reached the assigned temperature 30 minutes after cooling had started, the water temperature setting is turned down
1 degree, and the same action will be repeated every 30 minutes until the thermostat reaches the assigned
temperature.
When the cooling thermostat reaches the assigned temperature (the circuit between (2) and (5) is closed), operation
shifts to the “thermostat off” operation. During the operation, the water temperature setting is turned up by 1 degree
every 30 minutes.

Room thermostat Correction control Heating operation Cooling operation

Thermo on Thermo off
Setting is corrected
CLOSE The water temperature setting is turned The water temperature setting is turned
upward
up by 1 degree every 30 minutes. up by 1 degree every 30 minutes.
Thermo off Thermo on
Setting is corrected
OPEN The water temperature setting is turned The water temperature setting is turned
downward.
down by 1 degree every 30 minutes. down by 1 degree every 30 minutes.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Variable range
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
9D heating by the room temperature remote controller and 40 20 - 55 (65) °C
room temperature thermostat.
Initial water temperature setting when controlling
96 cooling by the room temperature remote controller and 20 5 - 30°C
room temperature thermostat.
0 : Use the temperature
Choose of the initial setting temperature.
set in DN_9D
Either use the temperature set in DN_9D, or use the
B5 0 1 : Use the temperature
temperature calculated by Auto curve.
calculated by Auto curve
This applies heating operation only.

* ( ): 801, 1101

77
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 8) Hot water cylinder thermostat control
Hydro Unit Control Hot water can be supplied using an existing hot-water cylinder with a thermostat.

8-1) Installing the hot-water cylinder thermostat

• Connect its connection cable to CN21 port on the PC board (MCC-1755) of the hydro unit.
• Hot-water cylinder heating thermostat: Connect this thermostat between (3) and (5).
• Place to install the thermostat (hot-water cylinder): At a height of 30 to 50 cm from the base.
• Hot-water heater: A hot-water heater is required. (Without a hot-water heater, the hydro unit will not work.)

Optional inputs to Hydro Unit

This unit has eight input ports. 2 ports of them are selectable by DN. Table2 shows the selectable input functions and
default settings.

Non-voltage contacts

MCC-1755 CN21 Input items (Default setting)

1 I/P 1 Room thermostat input for heating
I/P 1
2 I/P 2 Room thermostat input for cooling
I/P 2
3 I/P 3 Hot water tank thermostat input
I/P 3
4 I/P 4 Heating/cooling mode switching input
common I/P 4
5
line I/P 5 Heating/cooling operation ON/OFF
6
I/P 5 I/P 6 Hot water operation ON/OFF
7 I/P 6 I/P 7 (DN_B6) 0: Emergency shutdown input
8 I/P 7 I/P 8 (DN_B6) 0: None
common 9
I/P 8
line 10
Locally procured
Hydro Unit sub PCB

8-2) Setting the hot-water cylinder thermostat

I/P3: Hot water tank thermostat input

• This function is used with DN_6B2 is “1”, when the customer use the local hot water tank.
• Setting of DN_6B2 = “1”
• Non-voltage contacts
Open: Reached setting temperature
Close: Not reached setting temperature

8-3) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply operation only)

If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (3) and (5) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
After 120 minutes, the hot-water cylinder heater turns on, but the hot-water heat pump continues running until the
hot-water cylinder thermostat becomes open.
It should be noted, however, that the hot-water heat pump might stop if the water input temperature becomes high.

8-4) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply + heating operation)

If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (3) and (5) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
In 30 minutes, the hot-water heat pump stops. After that, only the hot-water cylinder heater is used to raise water
temperature.
The heat pump switches to heating operation. Unless the hot-water cylinder thermostat temperature rises, the hot-
water heat pump will never take over.

8-5) Hot-water thermostat operation (hot-water supply + cooling operation)

For automatic switching to hot-water supply plus cooling operation, DN_0F is required.
If hot water is used when the hot-water thermostat is at the assigned temperature (the circuit between (3) and (5) is
open), the hot-water heat pump starts with the hot-water thermostat closed.
In 30 minutes, the hot-water heat pump stops. After that, only the hot-water cylinder heater is used to raise water
temperature.
The heat pump switches to cooling operation. Unless the hot-water cylinder thermostat temperature rises, the hot-
water heat pump will never take over.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting value
0F Hot water HP allowance while cooling + hot water supply 0: Not allow 1: Allow
Hot water tank heater start time of heat-pump while
73 3: 120 min passed 0: 30 min passed
operating

78
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 9) Control of Mode selection and forced stop & restart
Hydro Unit Control You can change the operation mode and force the operation ON/OFF.
• Connect its connection cable to CN21 port on the PC board (MCC-1755) of the hydro unit.

Non-voltage contacts

MCC-1755 CN21 Input items (Default setting)

1 I/P 1 Room thermostat input for heating
I/P 1
2 I/P 2 Room thermostat input for cooling
I/P 2
3 I/P 3 Hot water tank thermostat input
I/P 3
4 I/P 4 Heating/cooling mode switching input
common I/P 4
5
line I/P 5 Heating/cooling operation ON/OFF
6
I/P 5 I/P 6 Hot water operation ON/OFF
7 I/P 6 I/P 7 (DN_B6) 0: Emergency shutdown input
8 I/P 7 I/P 8 (DN_B6) 0: None
common 9
I/P 8
line 10
Locally procured
Hydro Unit sub PCB

9-1)Setting the inputs

I/P4: Heating/cooling mode switching input 0: The terminals are opened, 1: The terminals are closed
• Non-voltage contact I/P 4 I/P 5 Control
Open: Heating mode
0 0 Heating mode OFF
Close: Cooling mode
0 1 Heating mode ON

I/P5: Heating/cooling operation ON/OFF input 1 0 Cooling mode OFF

• Non-voltage contact 1 1 Cooling mode ON
Open: Operation OFF (Remote controller OFF)
Close: Operation ON (Remote controller ON)

I/P6: Hot water operation ON/OFF input

• Non-voltage contact
Open: Operation OFF (Remote controller OFF)
Close: Operation ON (Remote controller ON)

I/P7: Emergency Shutdown input

• DN_B6 = “0”
• Non-voltage contacts
Open: Normal operation
Close: Emergency shutdown

It is possible to change the input signal when using I/P5, 6.

• DN_61 = “0”: Starts ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals I/P5, 6 is closed.
Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals I/P5, 6 is opened. (Default)
• DN_61 = “1”: Starts/Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals I/P5, 6 is received closed pulse signal.

It is possible to change the input signal when using I/P7.

• DN_52 = “0”: Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals I/P7 is closed. (Default)
• DN_52 = “1”: Stops ESTIA as the circuit between the terminals I/P7 is opened.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting value
61 Input signal setting when using I/P5, 6 (CN21) 0: Statics input 1: Pulse input
52 Input signal setting when using I/P7 (CN21) 0: Stop as I/P7 is closed 1: Stop as I/P7 is opened
0: I/P7 ··· Emergency Shutdown input
B6 Setting the objects to control of I/P7, 8 -
I/P8 ··· None

79
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 10) Control of limit of heat pump operation (Tempo1, 2)
Hydro Unit Control When the peak period of electric power charge is set due to the contract or other conditions, you can limit heat pump
operation and give priority to boiler operation using an external input signal.
(This control functions only during the period the signal is input.)
• Connect its connection cable to the CN21 I/P7 port on the PC board (MCC-1755) of the hydro unit.

Non-voltage contacts

MCC-1755 CN21
1
I/P 1
2
I/P 2
3
I/P 3
4
common I/P 4
5
line
6
I/P 5
7 I/P 6
8 I/P 7
common 9
I/P 8
line 10
Locally procured
Hydro Unit sub PCB

10-1)Setting the control method

Select an operation mode by setting DN_B6.
• DN_B6 = “1” (Tempo1): Hot water cylinder heater = OFF, backup heater = OFF (Built-in circulation pump is ON.)
• DN_B6 = “2” (Tempo2): Hot water cylinder heater = OFF, backup heater = OFF, heat pump = OFF, Built-in
circulation pump is stopped.

10-2)Control summary
When the TEMPO signal is input (the circuit is closed), the boiler signal is output regardless the outside temperature
and devices are turned off following the setting on DN_B6.
1. Basic operation: heating operation using the boiler.
2. Switching to hot water supply: the water circuit is switched to the hot water supply side as the unit detect
that TTW is less than 38°C.
3. Switching to heating: the water circuit is switched to the heating side as the unit detect that TTW is 52°C
or more, or 30 minutes has passed since operation started. Heating operation continues at least 30
minutes.
4. The LED on the PC board lights up when the input signal is ON.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default Setting value
0: I/P7 ··· Emergency Shutdown input 1: I/P7 ··· TEMPO1, I/P8 ··· None
B6 Setting the objects to control of I/P7, 8
I/P8 ··· None 2: I/P7 ··· TEMPO2, I/P8 ··· None

80
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 11) Connection to a Smart Grid network (SG ready)
Hydro Unit Control The operating mode is controlled through volt free contacts incorporated into the energy meter.

• Connect its connection cable to CN21 port on the PC board of the hydro unit.

Optional inputs to Hydro Unit

This unit has eight input ports. 2 ports of them are selectable by DN. Table2 shows the selectable input functions and
default settings.

Non-voltage contacts

MCC-1755 CN21 Input items (Default setting)

1 I/P 1 Room thermostat input for heating
I/P 1
2 I/P 2 Room thermostat input for cooling
I/P 2
3 I/P 3 Hot water tank thermostat input
I/P 3
4 I/P 4 Heating/cooling mode switching input
common I/P 4
5
line I/P 5 Heating/cooling operation ON/OFF
6
I/P 5 I/P 6 Hot water operation ON/OFF
7 I/P 6 I/P 7 (DN_B6) 0: Emergency shutdown input
8 I/P 7 I/P 8 (DN_B6) 0: None
common 9
I/P 8
line 10
Locally procured
Hydro Unit sub PCB

11-1)The Settings
I/P7 & I/P8: Connection to a Smart Grid network (SG Ready)
• Non-voltage contacts
• The operating mode is controlled through volt free contacts incorporated into the energy meter.
• Setting: DN_B6 = “4”

DN_6CE = “0”: HP and backup heaters ON when “System Forced ON” mode
DN_6CE = “1”: HP operation only when “System Forced ON” mode
DN_AC = “0~10”: Setting to increase the space heating set point temperature when “System Forced ON” mode

11-2)The operation mode and control summary

0: The terminals are opened , 1: The terminals are closed

I/P 7 I/P 8 Mode Control summary

• Normal operation but with maximum compressor frequency limited to
certain value (night time operation)
0 0 Restricted Operation
• Back up heater control is active
• Boiler output control active
• The heat pump and electric heaters are FORCED OFF for a maximum of 2
hours during this period.
• The space heating and DHW set points will continue to be displayed on the
1 0 System OFF
remote controller.
• System safety controls (e.g. freeze protection) will remain active.
• Boiler output control will remain active.
• This signal is not a START signal – only a recommendation to start
• The heat pump and electric heaters are available to operate under normal
control if there is a heating or DHW demand
0 1 Normal Operation
• There is no restriction on the compressor frequency – the compressor can
operate at maximum frequency if requested by the outdoor unit control
software
• During this period the system is FORCED ON to allow the heat pump and
back up heater to operate
• The space heating set point temperature is increased during this period.
The temperature increase can be adjusted using DN_AC.
• If there is a DHW demand during this FORCED ON period then the DHW
1 1 System Forced ON
set point is increased to the set point used for the DHW boost function
• The hydro unit back up heaters will continue to operate with a modified
control where by the ON/OFF heater delay will be removed
• All other controls will remain active (e.g. DN_22, DN_1A etc.)
* Backup heater is not energized during boiler output is ON.

81
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 12) Output signal control
Hydro Unit Control (Connect its connection cable to the CN22 terminal on the PC board (MCC-1755) in the hydro unit.)

Additional Hydro Unit outputs

This unit has four output ports. They are selectable by DN. Table1 shows the selectable output functions and default
settings.
Volt free contact – specification show below:
AC230 V; 0.5 A (maximum)
DC24 V; 1 A (maximum)
Minimum current; 10 mA

Default setting
MCC-1755
CN22 O/P 1 (DN_6CA) Alarm output
common line 6 O/P 2 (DN_6CC) Defrost operation output
O/P 4 O/P 3 (DN_6CD) Boiler control output
5
O/P 3 O/P 4 (DN_6CB) Compressor operation output
4
common line 3 Selectable output items (DN_6CA ~ 6CD)
O/P 2
2 0 Alarm output
1 O/P 1 1 Compressor operation output
2 Defrost operation output
Locally procured
3 Boiler control output
Hydro Unit sub PCB 4 Safety or protection control running
5 During backup heater running
6 During hot water cylinder heater running
7 Heating operation output
8 Cooling operation output
9 Hot water operation output

0: Alarm output
• Open: No alarm
• Close: Alarm
1: Compressor operation output
• Open: Compressor is stopping
• Close: Compressor is operating
2: Defrost operation output
• Open: Unit is not defrost operating
• Close: Unit is defrost operating
3: Boiler control output
• Open: Normal operation
• Close: Boiler operation output
4: During safety or protection control running (Only indoor unit safety or protection control)
• Open: Normal operation
• Close: Release control running
5: During backup heater running
• Open: Backup heater not running
• Close: Backup heater running
6: During hot water cylinder heater running
• Open: Hot water cylinder heater not running
• Close: Hot water cylinder heater running
7: Heating operation output
• Open: Not heating operation
• Close: Heating operation
(Include HP, Heater and thermo off, except error occurring.)
8: Cooling operation output
• Open: Not cooling operation
• Close: Cooling operation
(Include HP and thermo off, except error occurring.)
9: Hot water operation output
• Open: Not hot water operation
• Close: Hot water operation
(Include HP, Heater and thermo off, except error occurring.)

82
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 13) Q-H characteristics of hydro unit
Hydro Unit Control The following shows the Q-H characteristics.
13-1)HWT-601XWHM3W-E, T6W-E

Hydraulic heat exchanger (6 kW) QH characteristics

Minimum flow rate

10
9
Out of range Pump duty Hydro unit (wall mounted)
8 100% Q-H characteristics (230 V)

7
6
Head [m]

5
80%
4
3
60%
2
1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow rate [L/min]

13-2)HWT-1101XWHM3W-E, T6W-E, T9W-E

Hydraulic heat exchanger (11 kW) QH characteristics

Minimum flow rate

10
9
Out of range Pump duty Hydro unit (wall mounted)
8 100% Q-H characteristics (230 V)

7
6
Head [m]

5
80%
4
3
60%
2
1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Flow rate [L/min]

83
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 14) Automatic restart control
Hydro Unit Control The unit records operation information before a power outage and retrieves the information after the power is
restored to restart automatically the operation with the information.

14-1)Operation during remote controller

• The operation status before a power outage automatically restarts after the power is restored. (The merit functions
are also enabled)
• Approximately 6 hours or more after a power outage
The operation status before a power outage automatically restarts after the power is restored.
But the merit functions (Night setback, Anti bacteria) are disabled.
• The remote controller time displays "00:00". (The merit functions are disabled)

14-2)Operation during forcible automatic operation

A forcible automatic operation is performed when the power is restored after a power outage.

14-3) Operation during defrosting operation

When the power is restored after a power outage, the usual operation restarts.
Note: The operation details recorded before a power outage

Operation mode: Hot water supply, Heating, Cooling, Hot water supply + Heating, Hot water supply + Cooling
Set temperature: Hot water set temperature, Heating set temperature, Cooling set temperature

Merit function: Hot water supply operation (Anti bacteria)

Heating operation (Night setback)

15) Piping freeze prevention control

This control operates when the power is on regardless the remote controller setting ON or OFF.
To prevent frost bursting of the water piping for hot water supply and heating, the unit flows water with the
circulation pump when the temperature sensor value falls below a certain temperature.

15-1)Piping freeze prevention control 1

1) Start condition: TWO < 4°C or TWI < 4°C or THO < 4°C
2) End condition: TWO ≥ 5°C and TWI ≥ 5°C and THO ≥ 5°C
3)-1 How to operate (circulation pump)
• When the circulation pump is not in operation, if the sensor detects the freeze prevention control start
temperature, the unit operate the circulation pump.
• During a freeze prevention operation, a heat pump operation does not start.
• When neither [Hot water supply] nor [heating/cooling] is in operation, if the end condition is not met when 3
minutes has passed after an operation starts, the unit performs the operation in 3)-2 to prevent freeze.
3)-2 How to operate (circulation pump + backup heater)
• When neither [Hot water supply] nor [heating/cooling] is in operation, if the end condition is not met when 3
minutes has passed after an operation starts.
• End condition: TWO ≥ 5°C and TWI ≥ 5°C and THO ≥ 5°C
• Heating with the set temperature 30°C operates.
3)-3 Abnormal stop
• If a freeze prevention operation continues for 30 minutes and does not meet the end condition, the operation
stops as abnormal stop. (Remote controller check code: A05)
• After error occurring, it is cleared automatically when the end condition is met.
• End condition (After error occurring): TWO ≥ 8°C and TWI ≥ 8°C and THO ≥ 8°C

15-2)Piping freeze prevention control 2

TC and TWO activates freeze prevention regardless of a heat pump operation mode.
1) Determination condition: TWO > 20°C. 2*TC + TWO < -12°C is continuously detected for 180 seconds or longer.
Or TWO ≤ 20°C. TC + TWO < 4°C is continuously detected for 180 seconds or longer.
2) Determination cancellation conditions
• The stop or operation mode is changed by the remote controller
• The mode is defrosting at the time of determination
At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met.
• The mode is other than defrosting at the time of determination
After cooling, heat pump restarts, the start condition is not met for 10 minutes.
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A04 error is displayed.

15-3)Piping freeze prevention control 3

This control applies only when defrosting is in operation.
1) Determination condition: During defrosting, TWI ≤ 15°C is continuously detected for 30 seconds or longer (After
the stop, the unit restarts.)
2) Determination cancellation condition
• At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met.
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A04 error is displayed.

84
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-3. 15-4)Piping freeze prevention control 4
Hydro Unit Control When the value of Ps sensor is low, freeze prevention is activated regardless of a heat pump operation mode.
1) Determination condition: Low pressure sensor detects PS < 0.2 MPa and 180 seconds passes (defrosting and
cooling)
Low pressure sensor detects PS < 0.2 MPa and 10 minutes passes (heating and hot
water supply operation)
2) Determination cancellation condition
• After a restart, the start condition is not met for 30 minutes.
• At the next time of defrosting, the start condition is not met. (Defrosting operation for heating or hot water supply)
3) Error display
• If freeze determination cancellation condition is not met, A08 error is displayed.

16) High return water protect control

The hydro unit protects against high return water which made by separate boiler system.

TWI, TWO, THO

A02 error detect

70
(Diff: 2K)

When A02 error appeared, the built-in circulation pump will stop.

Related DN

DN Setting item Default Setting available range

62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0: Activate 1: Deactivate

This DN_62 function is valid when DN_6B0 is “1”. (See 9.1. Hydro unit Setting)

85
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 1) PMV (Pulse motor valve) control
Outdoor unit Valve opening is controlled using the expansion valve with a pulse motor according to a heat pump operation status.
control
• PMV is controlled between 30 and 500 pulses during an operation.
• At the time of a cooling operation, PMV is controlled with the usual target value of 1 to 4 K temperature difference
between TS sensor and TC sensor.
• At the time of a hot water supply or heating operation, PMV is controlled with the usual target value of -1 to 4 K
temperature difference between TS sensor and TE sensor.
• For both cooling and heating, if the cycle is overheated, PMV is controlled using the TD sensor.
* A defective sensor may cause liquid back flow or abnormal overheat of the compressor, significantly shortening the
compressor life. If the compressor or other equipment is repaired, first check that the resistance of each sensor or the
refrigerant cycle has no problem, then start the operation.

2) Discharge temperature release control

This control detects an abnormality of the refrigerant cycle or compressor to perform failure prevention.

• This control reduces operation frequency if the PMV control does not lower the outlet temperature or if the outlet
temperature rapidly rises. The frequency control is broken down to the unit of 0.6 Hz to stabilize the cycle.
• If the discharge temperature detects the abnormal stop zone, the compressor stops and then restarts after 150
seconds. The abnormality detection counter is cleared when the operation continues for 10 minutes. If detected 4
times, the error code is displayed and the compressor does not restart.
* An abnormality could occur due to too less refrigerant, PMV defective, or cycle stuck.
• For details about an error displayed, see the check code list.

TD [°C]
401 801
601 1101
Abnormal stop
A 111 111
A
B 109 109
Frequency normal down C 103 106
B D 100 103
Frequency slow down E 93 96
C
Frequency hold
D
Frequency slow up
(up to the point instructed)
E
As instructed

86
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 3) Current release control
Outdoor unit The number of compressor rotation is controlled so that current value of the compressor drive circuit does not exceed the
control specified value.

• The outdoor unit detects the input current.

• The outside air temperature is detected and used to set the specified value of current.
• The number of compressor rotation instructed by the hydro unit is used to determine whether the current value
exceeds the specified value.
• If exceeds, the number of compressor rotation is reduced to the most approximate number instructed by the hydro
unit within the specified value range.

Outdoor unit current inverter Outside air temperature (TO)

Main circuit control current
Current release point setting

No
Operation current ≤ Settings

Compressor operation Hz down

Yes

Current degradation

Capacity control continue

Heating, Hot water supply

Current release value (A) CT (A)

Outside temperature
TO (degree °C) 401 / 601
35 < TO 8.0 12.4
15 TO < 35 12.4 - (To - 11) × 4.4 / 18
TO 15 12.4 8.0

11 29 TO (°C)

Current release value (A)

CT (A)
Outside temperature
TO (degree °C) 801 / 1101 20
35 < TO 16.0
15 TO < 35 20.0 - (To - 16.0) × 0.2
TO 15 20.0 16

15 35 TO (°C)

Cooling

Current release value (A) CT (A)

Outside temperature
TO (degree °C) 401 / 601
44 < TO 10.0 12.4
39 TO < 44 10.8 10.8
10 TO < 39 12.4 10.0

39 44 TO (°C)

Current release value (A) CT (A)

Outside temperature
TO (degree °C) 801 / 1101 17
44 < TO 12.5 16
39 TO < 44 16.0
10 TO < 39 17.0 12.5

No cooling operation available for TO < 10°C. 39 44 TO (°C)

87
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 4) Outdoor fan control
Outdoor unit The outdoor side control part controls the number of fan motor rotations by receiving an operation instruction from the
control Hydro side (Hydro unit) control part.
For sensing the true outside temperature, fan is operated without compressor operation.
* Although the fan motor is a DC motor, which has non-step variable numbers of rotations, it is limited to some steps for convenience of
control.

The number of fan tap rotation allocation [rpm]

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8
401, 601 240 320 320 390 400 470 510 550
801, 1101 200 200 200 230 260 290 330 360

W9 WA WB WC WD WE WF
401, 601 560 570 570 650 700 750 830
801, 1101 410 450 480 500 540 570 600

4-1) Cooling fan control

• The TL sensor, TO sensor and operation frequency control the outdoor fan. The control is performed by 1 tap of
the DC fan control (14 taps).
• For 60 seconds after the start, the maximum fan tap for each zone that is shown in the following table is fixed. After
that, the fan is controlled according to the TL sensor (401, 601), TG (801, 1101). (TG: temperature converted from
PD)

401, 601

TL [ °C]
WF tap
56

53
+ 1 tap / 20 secs
(Up to the maximum number of rotation for each zone)
38
Number of rotation hold
35
- 1 tap / 20 secs
(Up to the minimum number of rotation for each zone)

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
38°C ≤ TO W6 WC W8 WF WA WF
29°C ≤ TO < 38°C W5 WB W7 WD W9 WD
15°C ≤ TO < 29°C W4 W8 W6 WA W8 WC
5°C ≤ TO < 15°C W3 W6 W5 W8 W7 WA

801, 1101

TG [°C]
WF tap
58

55
+ 1 tap / 20 secs
(Up to the maximum number of rotation for each zone)
38
Number of rotation hold
35
- 1 tap / 20 secs
(Up to the minimum number of rotation for each zone)

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
38°C ≤ TO W6 WC W8 WE WA WE
29°C ≤ TO < 38°C W5 WB W7 WD W9 WD
15°C ≤ TO < 29°C W4 W8 W6 WA W8 WC
5°C ≤ TO < 15°C W3 W6 W5 W8 W7 WA

88
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 4-2) Hot water supply and heating fan control
Outdoor unit
control 1) The TE sensor, TO sensor and operation frequency control the outdoor fan.
(The minimum W1 to the maximum are controlled according to the table below.)
2) For 3 minutes after the start, the maximum fan tap for each zone that is shown in the following table is fixed. After
that, the fan is controlled according to the TE sensor temperature.
3) If TE ≥ 24 (30)* °C continues for 5 minutes, the operation stops. No error code is displayed for this; the status is the same
as the usual thermostat off. The operation restarts after 150 seconds. This intermittent running is not abnormal.
* ( ): 801, 1101

NOTE
If the heat-pump was thermo-off, the out-door fan motor (up/down) continue to run 10 min with W3 rotation.
When the water pump of hydro unit turns on, the fan motor will operate sensing value of outside air temperature (TO).

TE [°C]
401 801
-2 tap / 20 secs (to W1) 601 1101
Stop time count A 24 30
A
B 21 21
-2 tap / 20 secs (to W1)
C 18 18
B D 15 15
-1 tap / 20 secs (to W1)
C
Number of revolutions hold
D
+ 1 tap / 20 secs
(Up to the maximum tap for each zone)

401, 601

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz than 45 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30°C ≤ TO W5 W5 W8
25°C ≤ TO < 30°C W6 W6 WA
20°C ≤ TO < 25°C W8 W9 WC
10°C ≤ TO < 20°C WA WA WC
5°C ≤ TO < 10°C WC WC WC
-3°C ≤ TO < 5°C WC WC WF
-10°C ≤ TO < -3°C WF WF WF
TO < -10°C WF WF WF
TO abnormal WF WF WF

801, 1101

20 Hz or more to less
Less than 20 Hz 45 Hz or more
Temperature range than 45 Hz
Maximum Maximum Maximum
30°C ≤ TO W4 W4 W6
25°C ≤ TO < 30°C W5 W5 W7
20°C ≤ TO < 25°C W6 W7 W8
10°C ≤ TO < 20°C W7 W8 W9
5°C ≤ TO < 10°C W9 WB WF
-3°C ≤ TO < 5°C WF WF WF
-10°C ≤ TO < -3°C WF WF WF
TO < -10°C WF WF WF
TO abnormal WF WF WF

89
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 5) Defrosting control
Outdoor unit 5-1) Defrost operation
control This control defrosts the outdoor heat exchanger. The temperature sensor (TE sensor) of the outdoor heat exchanger
determines frost formation, and then defrosting is performed in the 4-way valve reverse defrosting method.

1) During a heating operation, defrosting is performed when the TE sensor meets any of the conditions in A through D
zones.
2) During defrosting, when TE sensor maintains 12°C or higher for 3 seconds or 7°C ≤ TE < 12°C for a minute, the
defrosting ends. Also, when defrosting continues for 10 minutes even if the TE sensor temperature is below 7°C, the
defrosting ends.
3) After the defrosting, stop the compressor for approx. 40 seconds before starting a heating operation.
4) Switching the jumper "J805" and "J806" of the outdoor control board can change the time of d above mentioned.
(Factory default: 150 minutes)

Heating operation starts

TE 0 10 15 39 39 (45)* 55 [d] [min]
[°C]
-2

-5

A zone

-10
D zone
B zone
*1 In 10 to 15 minutes after the heating
-23
(-30)* operation starts, the lowest value of
C zone TE is recorded as TEO, and the
*1
lowest temperature of To as ToO.

* ( ): 801, 1101

To Normal
A Zone Maintain “(TEO - TE) - (ToO - To) ≥ 3°C” for 20 sec
B Zone Maintain “(TEO - TE) - (ToO - To) ≥ 2°C” for 20 sec
C Zone Maintain “TE ≤ -23 (-30)* °C” for 20 sec
D Zone Accumulate compressor operation status of TE < -2°C for 150 min
* ( ): 801, 1101

90
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. Jumper switching O: Short circuit ×: Open
Outdoor unit
control J805 J806 [d]
O O 150 min (Factory default)
O × 90 min
× O 60 min
× × 30 min

5-2) Advance defrost operation

When compressor temperature is low, defrosting preliminary operation will be carried out to carry defrosting smoothly in
effect.
1) Start condition of advance defrosting
•TD < 50ºC and A, B, C or D zone detected.
2) Conditions for changing over from defrosting preliminary operation to defrosting.
• When TD ≥ 50°C is detected during defrosting preliminary operation.
• When thermostat is turned off during defrosting preliminary operation.
• When defrosting preliminary operation is carried out more than 10 minutes.
3) Control details
• Target SH during defrosting preliminary operation will be 6 to 10 K. (refer to 7-4-1 (See page 86))
• PMV control interval will be shorter than normal.
• Operation frequency will be fixed.

801, 1101
Advance defrosting (*1) Defrosting operation

Compressor
40 Hz
OFF

Outdoor FAN ON
OFF
ON
4-way valve OFF
400 pulse
380 pulse

Outdoor PMV

0 pulse
0s 10s 20s 30s 40s 0s 10s 20s 30s 40s
Dotted line shows an operating image.
*1. When TD ≥ 50°C, Advance defrosting will be skipped.

91
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 6) Winding heating control
Outdoor unit 1) This control energizes the inactive compressor instead of the case heater to warm the compressor. The purpose is
control to prevent the refrigerant from staying inside the compressor.
2) After the unit is installed, failure to perform energization for the given time period may cause the compressor to fail.
Also, when starting an operation long after the power left off, first energize the compressor before starting the
operation in the same way as a trial run.
3) Energization is determined by the TD sensor and TO sensor.
4) If TD is 30°C or higher, the energization stops.

(Usual)
TO
Not energized
0°C
*Energization
-1°C
condition Intermittently energized
TD 30°C -2°C 10 mins: ON / 5 mins: OFF
Output "equal to 40 W"
-3°C
Continuously energized
Output "equal to 40 W"

Notes
During winding energization, energizing noise may be heard, but this is not abnormal.

7) Short circuit operation prevention control

1) In 11 minutes after the operation start, the compressor may not stop for protection. This status is not abnormal. (The
operation duration time of the compressor varies depending on an operation status.)
2) If the operation stops with the remote controller, the operation does not continue.

8) Over current protection control

1) A detection of abnormal current with the over current protection control stops the compressor.
2) Set the abnormality detection counter to 1, and restarts the compressor after 150 seconds.
3) When the stop by over current protection control counts 8 times, error code is displayed and the compressor does
not restart.
(Remote controller error code display: H01)

92
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 9) High pressure release control
Outdoor unit 1) To prevent excessive high pressure rise, operating frequency is controlled by the PD sensor.
control 2) If the PD sensor detects an abnormal stop zone pressure, the compressor stops and the abnormality detection
counter increments.
3) When the compressor stops in 2), the heat-pump operation restarts when the pressure decrease to zone "e" (normal
operation) after 150 seconds passed.
4) When the compressor stops in 2), the abnormality detection counter is cleared when the operation continues for 10
minutes. If the counter counts 10 times, error code is displayed on the remote-controller and the compressor does
not restart.
5) For details about an check code displayed, see the check code list. (See page 98)

Normal operation

801, 1101 401, 601*

4.3 Heating TC
(TWO + 2) Cooling TL
4.2
a 64 61
4.1
b 62 58
PD sensor [MPa]

4.0 c 60 58
3.9 d 58 56
e 54 54
3.8 a
b, c * Use the temperature sensor for
3.7 determination the zone.
d
3.6 e
3.5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Compressor frequency [Hz]

10) High pressure switch

The high pressure switch detects abnormal high pressure (higher than 4.15 MPa (4.60 MPa)*) in refrigeration cycle
and protect the compressor.
* ( ): 801, 1101
• The high pressure switch stops the compressor as the pressure in the refrigeration cycle becomes higher than
above value.
• The compressor will restart three minutes after stopping.
• If the high pressure switch functions again after restarting, the compressor stops and the “P04” error code is
indicated.

11) Compressor case thermostat

The compressor case thermostat functions to protect the compressor when the blow-out temperature from the
compressor is too high.
• The compressor case thermostat on the upper part of compressor stops the compressor.
• The compressor will restart three minutes after stopping.
• If the compressor case thermostat functions again after restarting (functions at 125°C), compressor stops and the
“H04” error code is indicated.

12) Bottom plate heater control

Control ON and OFF of the bottom plate heater using the outdoor temperature sensor (TO).

TO
Bottom plate
heater is turned off
+2

0
Bottom plate
heater is turned on

93
 Item Operation flow and applicable data, etc.
7-4. 13) Start up from hibernation
Outdoor unit This control operates at startup, in order to warm up the compressor by the heat from the water.
control System is operated at a defrost cycle when the start condition is satisfied.
System is switched to the normal heating operation when the end condition is satisfied.
13-1)Start conditions
This control is operated when starting the compressor in a state that all of the following conditions is satisfy.
•Compressor off time is 2 hours (30 minute)* or more (Also start up at the first time after turn on the power.)
•TD ≤ 40°C and TWI ≥ 25°C and TO ≤ 3°C
* ( ): 801, 1101
13-2)End conditions
When one of the following conditions is satisfy, operation is switched to the normal heating.
•10 minutes has passed since operation started.
•TD ≥ TWI + 10°C
•TG ≥ TWI TG: Condensing temperature calculated from the Pd
•TWI < 25°C

14) Liquid injection control

In discharge temperature high condition, for example ambient temperature is low or circulation water temperature is
high, controlling INJ_2-way valve and INJ_PMV will work.

1)INJ_2-way valve control

The operation start in the following cases.
* Heating operation and hot water supply operation only. (except defrost operation)
•10 sec passed since compressor ON and TD is in X zone.

The operation stop in the following cases. When the INJ_2-way valve TD [°C]
turned on once, it does NOT turn off for 15 minutes.
•When the compressor is stopped. X zone
•During defrost operation. 80°C
•INJ_PMV opening value is small and TD is in Y zone (*).
* A°C is 60°C or 70°C, it is depend on PD [MPa]. A°C
Y zone

2)INJ_PMV control
The operation start in the following cases.
* Heating operation and hot water supply operation only. (except defrost operation)
•20 sec passed since compressor ON and TD is in X zone.
INJ_PMV is controlled between 5 and 300 pulses during an operation.
INJ_PMV is controlled with temperature difference between TD sensor and target TD temperature TD0.
TD0 is 85°C just after INJ_PMV control starts, and changes to 86°C, 87°C, 88°C, ..., up to 95°C in every minute.
After TD0 reach to 95°C, INJ_PMV is controlled with temperature difference between TD sensor and target TD0
95°C.

The operation stop in the following cases. TD [°C]

•When the compressor is stopped.
•During defrost operation. X zone
•TD is in Y zone. 85°C

84°C
Y zone

94
8 Method of defect diagnosis
In order to diagnose the defective part of the heat pump system, first understand the symptom of the defect.
(1) Check the operation status. (It does not move, or it moves but stops, etc.)
(2) Flashing display on the display part of the hydro unit.
(3) Check the “check code” by the remote controller.

Please refer to the following procedure of defect diagnosis for the identification.
No. Procedure of defect diagnosis Remark
Matters to be confirmed first 8-1-1. Check the power supply voltage Check the power supply for the heat pump
8-1-2. Check for any miswiring of the hot water heater, the crossover between
connection cables between the hydro the hydro unit and the outdoor unit, and the
8-1
unit and the outdoor unit installation of temperature sensors.
8-1-3. About the installation of the
temperature sensor
Non-defective operation (program operation) Non-defective program operations for the
8-2
protection of the heat pump unit.
Outline of the determination 8-3-1. Procedure of defect diagnosis With reference to the "check code",
diagram 8-3-2. How to determine from the check roughly identify the defect from the defect
code on the remote controller diagnosis for the heat pump hot water
8-3
8-3-3. How to cancel a check code on the heater and determine the defective part
remote controller from individual symptoms.
8-3-4. How to diagnose by error code

Diagnosis flow chart for each 8-4-1. Hydro unit failure detection
error code 8-4-2. Outdoor unit failure detection
8-4
8-4-3. Temperature sensor, temperature-
resistance characteristic table
Operation check by PC board 8-5-1. Operation check mode The operation check mode allows to
determine good or not by checking the
8-5
operation of the 4-way valve, 2-way valve
and pulse motor valve.
Brief method for checking the 8-6-1. Hydro unit How to determine the presence of any
8-6
key components 8-6-2. Outdoor unit defect particularly in functional parts.

95
8-1. Matters to be confirmed first
8-1-1. Check the power supply voltage
Check that the power supply voltage is AC220-240 V± 10% (signal phase). If the power supply voltage is not in this
range, it may not operate normally.

8-1-2. Check for any miswiring of the connection cables between

the hydro unit and the outdoor unit
The hydro unit and the outdoor unit are connected with three connection cables. Make sure the interconnecting
connections between the hydro unit and the outdoor unit terminal blocks are connected to the correct terminal
numbers. If not connected correctly, the heat pump system does not operate. However, a miswiring would not
cause damage to the equipment.

8-1-3. About the installation of the temperature sensor

If each sensor is removed due to the replacement of the water heat exchange or inverter board, or the replacement
of the refrigeration cycle parts, make sure to put the sensor back to the position where it was before.
• Each sensor position has a marking. Make sure to put it back to the exact position.
• Make sure to install it with a sensor holder so that the temperature sensing part of the sensor and the straight
part of the copper piping are attached with each other tightly.
• If the installation of the sensor is incomplete or the installed position is wrong, it will not perform a normal control
operation and may cause a defect such as a malfunction of the equipment or an occurrence of an abnormal
sound, etc.

8-2. Non-defective operation (program operation) … No

fault code display appears.
In order to control the heat pump unit, there are the following operations as the built-in program operations in the
microcomputer. If a claim occurs about the operation, please confirm whether it falls under any of the contents in
the following table.
If it does, please understand that the symptom is not a defect of the equipment, and it is an operation necessary
for the control and maintenance of the heat pump unit.

Table 8-2-1 Non-defective operation

No. Operation of the heat pump system Explanation
The compressor sometimes does not operate even within the The compressor does not operate during the operation of the
1 range of compressor “ON”. compressor reboot timer (3 min). Even after the power
activation, the compressor reboot timer continues to be active.
During the hot water supply or heating operation, without It may be caused by the high temperature release control
reaching the set temperature, the compressor operation (release protection control by the temperature of the water
2
frequency stays at a frequency of less than the maximum Hz or heat exchanger) or the current release control, or the high
lowers down. pressure release control.
The “Stop” operation on the remote controller will not stop the In order to deal with the temperature increase in the heat
3 circulation pump. (The same for hot water supply, heating and exchanger after stopping, the operation continues for 1 min
cooling) after the compressor is stopped.
“ON” on the remote controller will not operate the compressor. When the outdoor temperature (TO sensor detection
(It will not operate even after the reboot delay timer elapsed) temperature) is -20 (-25)* °C or lower, the heat pump will not
4
operate in order to protect the compressor, and the heater will
operate instead. * ( ): 801, 1101
When the power is turned on, it starts operation without • The auto restart operation may be working.
operating the remote controller. • The antifreeze operation may be working.
5 • If the TWI, TWO or THO sensor detects a temperature
below 4°C, the operation changes from circulation pump
--->> circulation pump + heater.)

96
8-3. Outline of the determination diagram
The first determination of whether a defective part is in the hydro unit or the outdoor unit can be performed by the
following method.

8-3-1. Procedure of defect diagnosis

In the case of a defect, please apply the following procedure in order to find the defective part.

Confirm the check Check code Yes

Defect Defect in Hydro unit
code on the remote
A01-A15
controller display
No

Check code Yes Abnormality in the

L07-L16 communication or setting
system
No

Check code Yes Abnormality in the water

heat exchange or outdoor
FXX
unit sensor system
No

Abnormality in the outdoor unit or hot-water

tank unit

8-3-2. How to determine from the check code on the remote

controller
If the defect is limited by the check code displayed on the remote controller, please repair the defect based on the
table on the next page.
The check codes are separated into two groups: software and hardware errors.
Since a hardware error cannot be cancelled without a part replacement etc., please perform a repair.
If its abnormality is determined, the abnormality is noticed by indicating the check code on the remote controller
check code display part while sounding off a buzzer.

Check code display part

8-3-3. How to cancel a check code on the remote controller

Press [ ] or [ ] button (on the operation side) to clear the check code.

Although the above procedure cancels the check code, the hardware error will be displayed again until the
hardware repair is completed.

97
8-3-4. How to diagnose by error code
Defect mode detected by the Hydro Unit
O ... Possible
× .... Not possible
Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
code Backup Automatic Determination and action for item
Operational cause
operation reset confirmation

Flowing quantity error 1. Almost no or little water flow.

Detected by flow rate abnormality Heating • Not enough vent air
• Dirt clogging in the water piping
×
A01 × system. 8 106
Hot water • The water piping is too long.
O • Installation of buffer tank and
secondary pump
Temperature increase error (heating) Heating 1. Check the water inlet, water outlet
When one of the TWI, TWO and THO and heater outlet (TWI, TWO, THO)
A02
× O sensors. 1 107
sensors exceeds 70°C. Hot water
2. Defect of the backup heater (defect
O automatic reset thermostat).
Temperature increase error (hot water Heating 1. Check the hot water cylinder sensor
supply) O (TTW).
A03 O 1 108
When the TTW sensor exceeds 85°C. Hot water 2. Check the hot water cylinder thermal
× cut-out.

Antifreeze operation (1) 1. Almost no or little water flow.

1)TWO > 20°C condition: • Dirt clogging in the water piping
2 × TC + TWO ≤ -12°C is detected. system.
2)TWO ≤ 20°C condition: • The water piping is too long, or too
TC + TWO ≤ 4°C is detected. short.
3)TWI ≤ 15°C is detected during 2. Check the heater power circuit. Heating 8
A04 defrosting. O × • Power supply voltage, breaker, Hot water 8 109
power supply connection Cooling 4
3. Set the presence of the backup
heater.
4. Check the water inlet, water outlet
and heat exchange (TWI, TWO, TC)
sensors and flow sensor.
Piping antifreeze operation 1. Check the heater power circuit.
Activating the heater under the condition • Power supply voltage, breaker,
of TWO < 4 or TWI < 4 or THO < 4 does power supply connection
A05 not achieve TWO, TWI, THO ≥ 5°C after O O 2. Check the water inlet, water outlet 1 110
30 min elapsed. and heater outlet sensors (TWI,
TWO, THO).
3. Disconnection of the backup heater.
Low pressure sensor operation error 1. Almost no or little water flow.
The low pressure sensor detected 2. Defect of the flow sensor.
0.2 MPa or less. 3. On-load cooling or prolonged
defrosting (a lot of frost formation)
A08 O × under the above conditions.
8 111

4. Defect in the low pressure sensor.

5. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
leak)

98
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Overheat protection operation 1. No water (heating without water) or

When the thermostat of the backup Heating no water flow. 2

A09
heater activates during the operation of × ×
2. Defect of the flow sensor.
112
the heat pump or backup heater. Hot water
When the thermostat operation is O 3. Defect of the backup heater (poor
1
automatic reset thermostat).
activated while it has been stopped.
Antifreeze operation (2) 1. Almost few water flow.
A10 When TC + TWO < -15K detected in O × 2. Defect of the flow sensor. 10 113
cooling mode. 3. Low refrigerant.
Operation of the release protection Heating 1. Almost no water flow.
When the TWO release counts to 10. × 2. Defect of the flow sensor.
A11 × 10 114
Hot water 3. Check the water outlet temperature
O sensor (TWO).

Heating, hot water heater error 1. Activated by a large load of heating

The antifreeze control is detected under or hot water supply.
the condition of TWI < 15°C while TWI ≥ 2. Check the heater power circuit
A12 15°C, TTW ≥ 20°C is not detected after O O (backup or hot water cylinder 1 115
the heater backup. heater).
• Power supply voltage, breaker,
power supply connection
Pump error 1. Pump has stopped by a certain
cause.
• Low supply voltage.
• High humidity around the electric box
of the pump.
Heating • Dew condensation to the electric
× board of the pump.
A13 × • Pump lock due to clogging or dust.
2 116
Hot water
O • Once turn off the power supply to the
system and turn on again and
operate the system.

Mainly low voltage to the system.

Pump error 1. Pump has stopped by a certain

cause.
• Low supply voltage.
• High humidity around the electric box
of the pump.
Heating • Dew condensation to the electric
board of the pump.
×
A14 × • Pump lock due to clogging or dust. 2 116
Hot water • Once turn off the power supply to the
O system and turn on again and
operate the system.

Mainly except low voltage to the

system.

Regular communication error

between hydro unit and remote
controller 1. Check remote controller connection.
E03
When there is no regular communication
× O
2. Defect in the remote controller.
1 —

from the remote controller for 3 min, or

when no remote controller is equipped.

99
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Regular communication error 1. Check the serial circuit.

between hydro unit and outdoor unit • Miswiring of the crossover between
E04 O O 1 117
The serial signal cannot be received the water heat exchanger and the
from outdoor. outdoor unit

Duplicate address of Hydro unit, or

1. Set the address No. of DN_12 ~ 14
E08 Duplicate master Hydro unit during × O
correctly for each Hydro unit.
1 —
Group control
Regular communication error
between hydro unit and 0-10 V-IF
1. Check the 0-10 V-IF connection.
E14 When there is no regular communication × × 2. Defect in the 0-10 V-IF.
1 —
from the 0-10 V interface for 3 min, or
when no 0-10 V interface is equipped.
Regular communication error 1. Check the Hydro unit connection.
E18 between master Hydro unit and slave × O • Miswiring of the master and slave 1 —
Hydro unit during Group control Hydro unit.

TC sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F03 Open or short circuit in the heat O O connection of the heat exchange 1 117
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TC).

TWI sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F10 Open or short circuit in the water inlet O O connection of the water inlet 1 119
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TWI).

TWO sensor error Heating

1. Check the resistance value and
F11
Open or short circuit in the water outlet × O connection of the water outlet 1 119
temperature sensor. Hot water temperature sensor (TWO).
O
TTW sensor error Heating
1. Check the resistance value and
Open or short circuit in the hot water O
F14 O connection of the hot water cylinder 1 120
cylinder sensor. Hot water sensor (TTW).
×
TFI sensor error Heating
1. Check the resistance value and
F17
Open or short circuit in the floor × O connection of the floor-inlet 1 120
temperature sensor. Hot water temperature sensor (TFI).
(Only when zone 2 is used) O

THO sensor error Heating

1. Check the resistance value and
F18
Open or short circuit in the heater outlet × O connection of the heater outlet 1 120
temperature sensor. Hot water temperature sensor (THO).
O
Detection of THO disconnection error Heating 1. Check for any disconnection of the
F19
When TWO – THO > 15K is detected × ×
heater outlet temperature sensor
1 121
and 30 sec elapsed. Hot water (THO).
O 2. Defect of the flow sensor.

TFI sensor error Heating

F20
When TWO – TFI > 50K is detected and × × 1. Check the connection of the floor-
1 122
TFI < TWI – 5K is detected 20 min. Hot water inlet temperature sensor (TFI).
O
Low pressure sensor error 1. Check the connection (body or
Open circuit in the low pressure sensor. connection wiring) of the low
F23 O O pressure sensor. 1 123
2. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
leak)

100
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

EEROM error
1. Replace the water heat exchange
F29 Inconsistency is detected once without × × control board.
1 —
verify ACK after writing to EEPROM.
Extended IC error 1. Replace the water heat exchange
F30
When the extended IC is abnormal.
× × control board.
1 123

Flow sensor error Heating 1. Check the connection of flow

F32
× O
sensor.
1 124
Hot water 2. Check the flow rate detected by flow
O sensor and actual flow.

Flowing quantity error

1)Detected by TC sensor
• No or little water flow
TC ≥ 68°C is detected in the heating or 4
• Defect of the flow sensor
hot water supply heat pump operation Heating
(except for defrosting). ×
F33 × 124
2)Detected by flowing quantity Hot water • Defect of the flow sensor
When the stopped built-in circulation O • Misconnection of flow sensor and
pump starts its operation, the flow low pressure sensor 2
sensor status is detecting “water flow”. • Check the water flow from the
external pump.
Combination error
1. Check the model name of the
L02 Model name of the outdoor unit is × × outdoor unit.
1 125
different.
Duplicate main Hydro unit during 1. Check Hydro Unit addresses.
Group control (DN_14)
There are more than one header 2. Check for any change made to
L03 × × remote control connection (group /
1 —
units in group.
individual) since Hydro address
setting.
Communication error 1. Replace the water heat exchange
L07
Individual hydro units have a group line.
× × control board.
1 125

Hydro Unit group / Address unset 1. Check Hydro Unit addresses.

Address setting has not been performed Note:
L08 for Hydro units. × × This code is displayed when power is 1 —
turned on for the first time after
installation.
Communication error 1. Check the setting of the DN_11
The capability code for the hydro unit capability specifications.
L09
has not been set.
× × 601 Hydro = 0010
1 125

1101 Hydro = 0015

Setting error
1. Check the DN_6B9, 6BA and set
L16 When ZONE1 has not been set, while × × correctly.
1 125
ZONE2 has been set.
0-10 V Setting error
1. Check the 0-10 V setting for all units.
L22 DN680 settings in group control are not × × (DN_680)
1 125
the same for all units.
Slave Hydro unit error which occurs 1. Check the remote controller
when error occurs in master Hydro connection.
P31 unit × O 2. Defect in the remote controller. 1 —
3. Set the address No. of DN_12 ~ 14
correctly for each Hydro unit.

101
Defect mode detected by the outdoor unit
O ... Possible
× .... Not possible
Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
code Backup Automatic Determination and action for item
Operational cause
operation reset confirmation

TD sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

118
F04 Open or short circuit in the discharge O × connection of the discharge sensor 4
135
temperature sensor. (TD).

TE sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

118
F06 Open or short circuit in the heat O × connection of the heat exchange 4
135
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TE).

TL sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

118
F07 Open or short circuit in the heat O × connection of the heat exchange 4
135
exchange temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TL).

TO sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

119
F08 Open or short circuit in the outdoor O × connection of the outdoor 1
135
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TO).

TS sensor error 1. Check the resistance value and

F12 Open or short circuit in the suction O × connection of the suction 4 136
temperature sensor. temperature sensor (TS).

TH sensor error
F13 Open or short circuit in the heat-sink O × 1. Replace the outdoor control board. 8 136
temperature sensor.
TE, TS sensors error 1. Check for any wrong installation of
TE, TS sensor connections are the heat exchange temperature
F15 O × sensor (TE) and the suction
4 136
opposite.
temperature sensor (TS).
PD sensor error 1. Check the value of PD sensor by the
F24 Open or short circuit the high pressure O × remote controller. 4 136
sensor. 2. Check the connection of PD sensor.

EEPROM error 1. Replace the outdoor control board.

PC board
F31 O × <401, 601> MCC-1768
1 136

<801, 1101> MCC-1675

Compressor breakdown 1. Check the power supply voltage
Although operation has started, (AC220-240 V±10%).
operation frequency decreases and 2. Over-loaded condition of the
H01 O × refrigeration cycle.
8 127
operation stops.
3. Check that the service valve is fully
open.
Compressor lock 1. Defect of compressor (lock)
Over-current detection after compressor – Replace the compressor.
H02 O × 2. Defect of compressor wiring (open
8 127
start-up.
phase).
Defect in the current detection circuit 1. Replace the outdoor control board.
PC board
H03 O × <401, 601> MCC-1768
8 —

<801, 1101> MCC-1705

102
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Operation of case thermostat 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas

When the case thermostat exceeds leak).
125°C. 2. Check the case thermostat and
connector.
H04 O × 3. Check that the service valve is fully
10 128
open.
4. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
5. Check for kinked piping.
Unset service PC board jumper
L10
Jumpers J800-J803 have not been cut.
O × 1. Cut J800-J803. 1 128

Combination error 1. Check the model name of the Hydro

L15 Model name of the Hydro unit is × × unit. 1 128
different. 2. Check the DN_6BD.

The communication between the

outdoor PC board MCUs error 1. Check the connection of connector
L29 No communication signal between O × and wiring. 1 128
Interface CDB and Compressor, fan 2. Check the outdoor control board.
IPDU.
Discharge temperature error 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas
1)High temperature leak).
When the discharge temperature sensor 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve. 4
(TD) exceeds 111°C. 3. Check the resistance value of the
discharge temperature sensor (TD).
2)INJ_2-way valve error (801, 1101)
When the INJ_2-way valve opening is 1. Defect of the INJ_2-way valve.
P03
detected in heating or hot water supply
O × 2. Dirt clogging in the refrigeration 8
129

mode even in situation INJ_2-way valve cycle.

not working.
3)INJ_PMV error (801, 1101)
1. Defect of the INJ_PMV.
When too big INJ_PMV opening value is
2. Dirt clogging in the refrigeration 8
detected in heating or hot water supply
cycle.
mode.
The high pressure switch error 1. Almost no or little water flow.
2. Defect of the flow sensor.
P04 O × 3. Defect in the high pressure switch.
10 130

4. Failure of a refrigerant valve to open.

The power supply voltage error
1. Check the power supply voltage.
P05 When the power supply voltage is O × (AC220-240 V±10%).
8 131
extremely high or low.
Overheating of heat-sink error 1. Check the thread fastening and
When the heat-sink exceeds 105°C. heat-sink grease between the
P07 O × outdoor control board and the heat- 4 131
sink.
2. Check the heat-sink fan duct.

103
 Diagnostic functional operation Number of
Check abnormalities Detailed
Determination and action
code Operational cause Backup Automatic for item
operation reset confirmation

Detection of gas leak 1. Check the refrigeration cycle (gas

When the discharge temperature sensor leak).
(TD) exceeds 106°C for consecutive 10 2. Check that the service valve is fully
min. open.
When the suction temperature sensor 3. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
(TS) exceeds 60°C for cooling or 40°C 4. Check for kinked piping.
P15
for heating for 10 consecutive min.
O × 8 131
5. Check the resistance value of the
When TG ≤ TC -10 K is detected and discharge temperature sensor (TD)
TG ≤ TWI-15 K is detected 10min. (hot and the suction temperature sensor
water supply, heating) (TS).
When TG ≤ TE -12 K is detected for 6. Check the PD sensor by remote
10min. (cooling) controller.

The 4-way valve inversion error 1. Check the operation of the 4-way
When the heat exchange temperature valve unit or the coil characteristics.
sensor (TE) exceeds 30°C or the suction 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
P19 temperature sensor (TS) exceeds 50°C O × 3. Check the resistance value of the 4 132
during the heat pump operation. heat exchange temperature sensor
(TE) and the suction temperature
sensor (TS).
High pressure protection operation 1. Check that the service valve is fully
When an abnormal stop occurs due to open.
the high pressure release control. 2. Defect of the pulse motor valve.
When the high pressure sensor (PD) 3. Check the outdoor fan system
detects 4.19 MPa. (including clogging).
P20 O × 4. Over-filling of refrigerant. 10 133
5. Check the value of the high pressure
sensor (PD).
6. The water piping is too short.
Install a buffer tank, or set the setting
temperature lower.
Outdoor fan system error 1. Check the lock status of the motor
When a DC fan rotor position detection fan.
NG, element short circuit, loss of 2. Check the connection of the fan
P22 O × motor cable connector.
8 134
synchronization, or abnormal motor
current occurs. 3. Check the power supply voltage.
(AC220~240 V±10%)
Short circuit of the compressor driver 1. P26 abnormality occurs when
element error operating with the compressor
When an abnormal short circuit of IGBT wiring disconnected … Check the
outdoor control board.
P26 is detected. O × 2. No abnormality occurs when
8 134
operating with the compressor
wiring disconnected … Compressor
rare short.
Compressor rotor position error 1. Even if the connection lead wire of
The rotor position in the compressor the compressor is disconnected, it
cannot be detected. stops due to an abnormality in the
position detection … Replace the
P29 O × outdoor control board.
8 134
2. Check the wire wound resistor of the
compressor. Short circuit
… Replace the compressor.
Check code: H04, P04, P29
After the error is detected, It takes approximately 40 ~ 50 minutes while the error code is displayed on the remote controller.

104
Defect mode detected by the remote controller
Diagnostic functional operation
Check code Determination and action
Status of air-
Operational cause conditioning Condition

No communication between hydro Stop – Defect in the remote controller power

Not unit an remote controller supply
displaying at • The remote controller wiring is not 1. Check the remote controller wiring.
all connected correctly. 2. Check the remote controller.
(cannot • The hydro unit has not been turned
operate by 3. Check the hydro unit power supply
on.
the remote wiring.
controller) 4. Check the water heat exchange
control board.
No communication between hydro Stop Displayed when Defect in the reception of the remote
unit and remote controller (Automatic reset) the abnormality controller
• Disconnection of the crossover is detected. 1. Check the remote controller
between the remote controller and crossover.
E01 the base unit of the Hydro unit 2. Check the remote controller.
(detected on the remote controller
3. Check the hydro power supply wiring.
side).
4. Check the water heat exchanger
board.
Defect in the signal transmission Stop Displayed when Defect in the transmission of the remote
to the hydro unit. (Automatic reset) the abnormality controller
E02 (Detected on the remote controller is detected. 1. Check the transmitter circuit inside the
side) remote controller.
… Replace the remote controller.
Several remote controller base Stop Displayed when 1.2 Check several base units with the
units (The handset the abnormality remote controller
E09
(Detected on the remote controller continues) is detected. … The base unit is only one, and others
side) are handsets.

105
8-4. Diagnosis flow chart for each error code
8-4-1. Hydro unit failure detection
[A01] Flowing quantity error

[A01] occurs

Operation restarts

Built-in circulation No
pump rotates

Perform air vent Yes No Connect pump

Pump is connected
to board connector to board

Yes Excess air noise Yes

comes from inside Replace the pump
the pump

No

Pump stops
2-3 minutes after its Yes
rotation started

No
Flow shortage
(Identify causes, and resolve)

Flow rate
detected by flow sensor No
Replace the flow sensor
is almost same as
actual value

Yes

Dirt clogging inside

Remove waste
water circuit

12M or longer water Fit buffer tank and

pipe to a branch,
the second pump
5 or less branches

Check water heat exchange

control board PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

106
[A02] Temperature increase error (heating)

Start
(TWI, TWO, THO ≥ 70°C)

TWI, TWO, and THO No Replace TWI, TWO,

sensor characteristics are and THO sensors
correct
Yes

No
Flow sensor is normal Replace flow sensor

Yes

Water outlet No
temperature is 70 °C
or higher
Yes

Hot water from Yes Correct water circuit

boiler or other circuits does (To prevent hot water of
not come in other circuits from entering)

No

Yes Failure of backup heater

Backup heater is energized (Too large heater input,
thermostat short circuit)
(Measure heater current)
No
Check water heat exchange control board Replace heater unit
If defective, replace it or
Check water heat exchange
PC board control board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753
MCC-1755
PC board
MCC-1753
MCC-1755

• If Boiler setting is ON (DN_6B0 is “1”) and DN_62 is “1” and actual boiler output is “ON”, the A02 error is not
detected.

107
[A03] Temperature increase error (hot water supply)

Start
(TTW ≥ 85°C is detected)

TTW sensor No
characteristic is correct Replace TTW sensor

Yes

Hot water cylinder heater No

is energized

Yes

At normal No
temperature, tank thermostat
is energized

Yes

Hot water cylinder No Replace hot water

thermostat operates cylinder thermostat
Operation
temperature 82°C
Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753
MCC-1755

108
[A04] Antifreeze operation (1)
When the outside temperature and inlet water temperature is low (approx. 20°C or lower) and the room load is large
(operation frequency ≥ rating), the freeze prevention control may be activated.

Start

Operation restart

Perform
air vent
Excess air Secure water Dirt clogging
inside pump Replace flow sensor
Yes circulation amount inside water circuit
(inside strainer, etc.)
No

12 M or longer
Yes water pipe to Fit buffer tank and the
circulation flow shortage
a branch, or 5 or second pump
less branches
No

Flow rate
detected by flow sensor is No
Replace flow sensor
almost same as actual
value
Yes
Total water amount in
Yes the system is too little, Fit buffer tank and the
Short circuit piping
or water piping is too second pump
short
No

Hydro unit
DN code setting No Set DN code setting
DN_6D2 = “0” DN_6D2 = “0”

Yes

Backup
heater terminal has No Check wiring construction
AC 220-240 V Ask repair of power supply
( ± 10%)
Yes

Wiring connection No
Correct wiring
is normal

Yes

TC, TWO, TWI No Replace TC, TWO,

sensor characteristics and TWI sensors
are correct (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Backup
heater element No
Replace backup heater unit
is conductive (Backup heater NG)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753
MCC-1755
109
[A05] Piping antifreeze operation

Restart

TWI 4, TWO 4, or
THO 4 is detected

Circulation pump keeps

being energized or 3 minutes
passed after the start

Hydro unit
DN code setting No DN code setting
DN_6D2 = “0” DN_6D2 = “0”

Yes

Backup heater terminal No Check wiring construction

has 220-240 V (± 10%) Ask repair of power supply

Yes

Wiring connection No
Correct wiring
is normal

Yes

TWI, TWO, THO No Replace TWI, TWO,

sensor characteristics and THO sensors
are correct (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

No Replace backup heater

Backup heater element
is conductive (Backup heater NG) and safety valve

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753
MCC-1755

110
[A08] Low pressure sensor operation error

Start

No
Flow sensor is normal Replace flow sensor

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air

Excess air
Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside
noise comes from Remove waste
circulation amount water circuit
inside pump

No 12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and

pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
Yes
circulation flow shortage

No

Flow rate
detected by flow sensor is No
Replace flow sensor
almost same as actual
value
Yes

Continued
operation at low outside Yes
temperature and at 15°C or lower Raise set temperature
set temperature (Cooling overload operation)

No

Defrosting
Yes Defrost outdoor unit
takes 15 mins or longer
(Frost remains) where frost remains

No

No
Low pressure sensor Replace low pressure sensor
is normal

Yes

Check water
heat exchange
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

111
[A09] Overheat protection operation

Start

No Put water into water circuit

Water cycle contains water
(Recommended: 1 - 2 Bar)

Yes

No
Flow sensor is normal Replace flow sensor

Yes
Replace heater unit
exchanger air vent valve
At normal temperature, No or
overheat preventive thermostat Check water heat
is normal exchange control board
If defective, replace it
Yes
PC board
Check water MCC-1753
heat exchange MCC-1755
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

* Replace water heat exchange control board or overheat preventive thermostat failure: After the control
board is replaced, if the same operation repeats, the overheat preventive thermostat is determined as
defective (does not operate at 75°C).

112
[A10] Antifreeze operation (2)

Start

No
Flow sensor is normal Replace flow sensor

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air
Excess air
Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside
noise comes from Remove waste
inside pump circulation amount water circuit

No 12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and

pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches

circulation flow Yes

shortage

No

Flow rate
detected by flow sensor is No
Replace flow sensor
almost same as actual
value

Yes

No
Sufficient refrigerant Recharge refrigerant

Yes Note: Determined at TWO-TWI temperature during operation at a pressure of PS

Operating with Yes

no load on water Raise the set water temperature
circuit? Add fan coils

No

Check water
heat exchange
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

113
[A11] Operation of the release protection

Start

No
Flow sensor is normal Replace flow sensor

Yes

Remove sufficiently
excess air
Excess air
noise comes from Yes Secure water Waste stuck inside Remove waste
inside pump circulation amount water circuit

No 12 M or longer water Place buffer tank and

pipe to a branch, the second pump
or 5 or less branches
circulation flow Yes
shortage

No

Flow rate
detected by flow sensor is No
Replace flow sensor
almost same as actual
value

Yes

TWI sensor is No
Attach TWI sensor
attached to pipe

Yes

TWI and TWO No

sensor characteristics Replace TWI or TWO sensor
are normal
Yes

Check water
heat exchange
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

114
[A12] Heating, hot water heater error

Restart

Operation starts under

10 ≤ TWI 20°C

Freeze prevention control is detected once

Heater backup operation

Heating: Booster heater
Hot water supply: Hot water cylinder heater

After 1 hour since heater operation

started, neither TWI ≥ 15°C A12 abnormality detection
nor TTW ≥ 20°C is met

Hydro unit
DN code setting No DN code setting
DN_6D2 = “0” DN_6D2 = “0”
DN_6D3 = “0” DN_6D3 = “0”

Yes

Backup heater or
hot water
cylinder terminal has No Check wiring construction
AC220-240 V±10% =
(single phase type) Ask repair of power supply
AC380-415 V±10% =
(3 phase type)

Yes

Wiring connection No
Correct wiring
is normal

Yes

TWI, TTW sensor No Replace TWI or TTW

characteristics are (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137) sensor
normal
Yes

Backup heater element No Replace backup heater

is conductive (Backup heater NG) unit and safety valve

Yes

Hot water No Replace hot water

cylinder heater element
(Hot water cylinder heater NG) cylinder heater
is conductive
(Refer to hot water
Yes cylinder guide)
Check water
heat exchange
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

115
[A13] [A14] Pump error

Start

Power terminal has No

AC 220-240 V(±10%) Input appropriate voltage

Yes

No Pump power input has

AC 220-240 V

Yes

High humidity around Yes

the electric board of the Resolve the cause
pump

No

Dew condensation to Yes

the electric board of the Resolve the cause
pump

No

Locking by a certain Yes

Resolve the cause
cause

No Restart after resolve the cause

Pump error occurring

again

Yes

0700 ≤ Duty ≤ 0980 Yes

during pump operation Replace the pump
* Service monitor code: CF

No

Check water
heat exchange
PC board
control board
MCC-1753
If defective, replace it
MCC-1755

116
[E04] Regular communication error between hydro unit and outdoor unit

Outdoor unit error occur No

(Check the display board
of outdoor unit)

Yes The wiring and

connecting between outdoor No Correct wiring and
unit and hydro unit connecting wire
are correct
Yes

Hydro unit
CN01 connector and No Correct connector and
TB01 terminal block (1, 2, 3) terminal block wiring
wiring are correct

Yes

When power is Check outdoor

No
on again, D503 (Yellow LED) control board
Flashes If defective, replace it

Yes PC board
<401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675
Check water
heat exchange
control board
Solve the outdoor unit error PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

[F03] TC sensor error

Start

TC sensor No Correct TC sensor

connector (CN601) is
connection
connected

Yes

TC sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TC sensor
is normal

Yes

Check water
heat exchange
control board
If defective, replace it PC board
MCC-1753

117
[F04] TD sensor error

Start

TD sensor No Correct TD sensor

connector (*) is connection
connected * 401, 601 = CN601
801, 1101 = CN603
Yes

TD sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TD sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F06] TE sensor error

Start

TE sensor No Correct TE sensor

connector (*) is
connection
connected
* 401, 601 = CN600
Yes 801, 1101 = CN601

TE sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TE sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F07] TL sensor error

Start

TL sensor No Correct TL sensor

connector (CN604) is
connection
connected

Yes

TL sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TL sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

118
[F08] TO sensor error

Start

TO sensor No Correct TO sensor

connector (CN602) is
connection
connected

Yes

TO sensor No
resistance characteristic Replace TO sensor
is normal (Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F10] TWI sensor error

Start

TWI sensor No Correct TWI sensor

connector (CN604) is
connection
connected
Yes

TWI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

If defective, replace it PC board
MCC-1753

[F11] TWO sensor error

Start

TWO sensor No Correct TWO sensor

connector (CN600) is connection
connected
Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

If defective, replace it PC board
MCC-1753

119
[F14] TTW sensor error

Start

TTW sensor connector No

(CN603 (MCC-1753), CN03, Correct TTW sensor
CN20 (MCC-1755)) is connection
connected
Yes

TTW sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TTW sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753
MCC-1755

[F17] TFI sensor error

Start

TFI sensor connector No

(CN605 (MCC-1753), CN03, Correct TFI sensor
CN20 (MCC-1755)) is connection
connected
Yes

TFI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TFI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753
MCC-1755

[F18] THO sensor error

Start

THO sensor No Correct THO sensor

connector (CN602) is
connection
connected

Yes

THO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace THO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1753

120
[F19] Detection of THO disconnection error

Start

THO sensor No Attach THO sensor

is attached to pipe to pipe

Yes

THO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace THO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

121
[F20] TFI detach error

Start

No
Mixing valve is attached Attach a mixing valve

Yes

No
Mixing valve connection Make the mixing valve
is correct (Refer to wiring diagram of hydro unit on connection correct
page 27)
Yes

Mixing valve setting No

Make the mixing valve
is correct setting correct

Yes DN_0C: Mixing valve running time

(30 sec to 240 sec)

TFI sensor No Attach TFI sensor

is attached to pipe to pipe

Yes

TFI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TFI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

TWI sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWI sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

TWO sensor No
characteristic is normal Replace TWO sensor
(Refer to Characteristic table on page 137)

Yes

Check water
heat exchange
control board
PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

122
[F23] Low pressure sensor error

Start

Low pressure sensor Yes

is detached (CN607) Attach low pressure sensor

No

When operation No
is stopped, low pressure sensor Replace low pressure sensor
is normal *1
*1 How to determine: When operation is stopped
Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

[F30] Enhanced IC error

Enhanced IC on water heat exchanger control board is abnormal.

Check water heat exchange control board.
If defective, replace it.
PC board
MCC-1753

123
[F32] Flow sensor error

Start

Flow sensor No
connector (CN609) Correct flow sensor
connection
is connected

Yes

Flow rate detected No

by flow sensor is almost same Replace flow sensor
as actual value

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

[F33] Flowing quantity error

Start

Miswiring between
flow sensor connector (CN609) Yes Connect each sensor
and low pressure sensor correctly
connector (CN607)

No

Water flow is detected Yes Flow rate detected by No

by flow sensor during no flow sensor is almost same Replace flow sensor
pump P1 operation as actual value

No Yes

Identify the cause and resolve it

ex.) Flow due to the external pump

TC sensor No
characteristic is correct Replace TC sensor

Yes

Flow rate detected by No

flow sensor is almost same Replace flow sensor
as actual value

Yes

Check water heat exchange control board

PC board
If defective, replace it
MCC-1753

124
[L02] Combination error

The model name of the outdoor unit is not HWT-xxxxH(R)W-E.

Replace the outdoor unit with the proper model.
And check the combination of INJ type or not is correct.

[L07] Communication error

At the time of power on, detecting the above failure automatically activates the automatic address setting
mode.
(Check code is not output)
Note that if the above failure is detected in the automatic address setting mode, a check code may be output.

[L09] Communication error

No
Hydro unit capacity Set hydro unit capacity data
is set
Setting item code (DN_11)
Yes 401, 601 = 10
801, 1101 = 15

Check water heat exchange

control board
If defective, replace it
PC board
MCC-1753

[L16] Error

In DN_6B9, 6BA of Hydro unit DN code, if ZONE1 is not set and ZONE2 is set, [L16] displays abnormality.
Set correctly DN_6B9, 6BA.

[L22] Error

DN_680 setting in group control are not the same for all units, [L22] displays abnormality.
Set correctly DN_680.

125
8-4-2. Outdoor unit failure detection
Diagnosis procedure for each check code
• One check code may indicate multiple symptoms. In such a case, see the LED indication on the outdoor board
to narrow down the check details.
• The handy remote controller displays a check code only when the same failure repeatedly occurs while the LED
on the outdoor board indicates an error even if it occurs only once. This may cause indication inconsistency
between the remote controller and LED.

How to check the LED display on the outdoor PC board

[Service switch operation]
Currently occurring trouble indication
If any of D800 to D804 is rapidly flashing, it indicates currently occurring trouble. If any of D800 to D804 is slowly
flashing or D805 is flashing then press and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
Currently occurring trouble will be indicated.

D800 (YEL) D801 (YEL) D802 (YEL) D803 (YEL) D804 (YEL) D805 (GRN)
No trouble
Trouble detected
(Example. Discharge temp. sensor trouble)
(Refer to (2) -1-1.Current trouble indication)
: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)
Latest trouble indication
• The following operation results in the latest trouble being indicated. It is retained in the memory and hence can
be confirmed even when the power supply has been turned off.

1) Confirm D800 to D804 are off (or rapidly flashing) and that D805 is lit up. If D800 to D804 are slowly flashing
or D805 is flashing then push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
D800 to D804 will turn off (or be rapidly flashing) and D805 will change to on.
2) Push SW01 several times until reaching the LED indication (D800 to D805) of ‘Latest (including current)
trouble indication’.
3) Push SW02. The latest trouble will be indicated.
4) Confirm to carry out step 1) to set the LEDs to the initial state (current occurring trouble) when finished and
then exit.

Latest (including current) trouble indication

D800 (YEL) D801 (YEL) D802 (YEL) D803 (YEL) D804 (YEL) D805 (GRN)
Trouble detected
(Example. Discharge temp. sensor trouble)
(Refer to (2) -1-2.Latest (including current)
trouble indication)

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

126
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[H01] [Compressor break down]

Power voltage is normal No

Improve power line
AC220-240 V±10%
Yes

Wiring connection is normal

No Check and correct wiring
Compressor lead (Board side, compressor
connection
side reactor lead, power lead)
Yes

Yes
Abnormally over loaded Deal with or remove causes

No
PC board
Check outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1705

[H02] [Compressor lock]

Power voltage is normal No

Improve power line
AC220-240 V±10%
Yes

Wiring connection is normal

No Check and correct
Compressor lead (board side,
wiring connection
compressor side) reactor, power lead
Yes

No
Compressor is normal

Yes

No Lock compressor and

Refrigerant stays inside
replace it.
Yes
TE, TS sensor pulse
Pulse motor valve operates No
motor valve check
normally
If defective, replace
Yes

PC board
Check outdoor board
<401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it
<801, 1101> MCC-1705

127
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[H04] [Case thermostat operation]

<401, 601> CN500, <801, 1101> CN609 No Correct connector

connector and case thermostat is normal Replace case thermostat
Yes

If case thermostat is short circuited, No Check outdoor board

cooling and heating can operate If defective, replace it
Yes PC board
<401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1705

No gas leakage No Correct defective portion

Enough Refrigerant Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No
Service valve is fully opened Open fully service valve

Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal
Replace defective parts
Yes

Check for piping collapse and break

If defective, repair or replace it

[L10] [Unset model type]

Cut jumper line by following the instruction

comes with the service board package

[L15] [Combination failure between the hydro unit]

Replace the hydro unit with the proper model

[L29] [Communication trouble between MCUs]

Is the communication line between the

NO
MCC-1705 (CN805) and the Correct wiring
MCC-1675 (CN805) connected?
YES

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it MCC-1705, MCC-1675

128
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P03] [Discharge temp trouble]

No gas leakage No Correct defective portion

Appropriate refrigerant amount Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal
Replace defective parts
Yes

Yes Deal with or remove

Abnormally over loaded
causes
No

TD sensor connector is normal No Correct connector

TD sensor resistance is normal Replace sensor
Yes

2-way valve is normal No Correct defective portion

(801, 1101) Replace defective parts
Yes

PMV (INJ) is normal No Correct defective portion

(801, 1101) Replace defective parts
Yes
PC board
Check outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1675

129
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P04] * Any of the following abnormality may occur.
Seeing the LED on the outside board can determine which abnormality occurs.
1.High pressure sensor activated.
2.Power source failure (Vdc)
3.Hi pressure protection operation
4.Case thermostat operation
[High pressure SW operation]
Power supply error (Vdc), High pressure protective operation, Case thermostat operation.

NO NO
Doesn’t high pressure switch Wiring check,
operate? Is circuit wiring normal? Correct
YES YES
NO
Are parts of Parts check
high pressure switch normal? Defective → Replace
YES
NO
Is service valve fully opened? Open service valve fully
YES

Reset the power supply and B ← Cooling operation

then do a test run according
to the season C ← Heating operation

Check outdoor control board

If defective, replace it

PC board
B Cooling operation <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1705

NO NO
Does cooling outdoor fan Is there fan breakage
normally operate? or coming-off?
YES YES

Repair defective position

Connection of connectors,
Fan motor, Wiring,
PC board
<401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1705
Is there any element
which blocks heat exchanger YES
Elimination of
of the outdoor unit? blocking element
1. Clogging of heat exchanger
2. Short circuit
NO

Overcharge of refrigerant /
Clogging / Pipe breakage /
Abnormal overload

Heating operation

NO Are connections of NO
Does the heating outdoor fan
normally operate? connectors, capacitors
and fan motor normal?
YES
YES

Is there any element which

blocks hydro heat exchanger? YES
1. Filter clogging Elimination of Repair
2. Clogging of heat exchanger blocking element defective position
3. Shor t circuit

NO

Clogging by refrigerant Are characteristics NO

overcharge / Pipe breakage / of TC and TCJ sensor
Abnormal overload resistance value normal?

YES

Check hydro PC board Replace

Defective → Replace TC or TCJ sensor

130
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P05] [Power source trouble]

Power voltage is normal No

Check electric work
AC220-240 V±10%
Yes
PC board
Check outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1675, MCC-1705

[P07] [Heat sink overheat trouble]

Is there any looseness in the screw Apply radiation grease

YES
stop of the heat sink? to objective, retightening
Are radiation grease properly applied? of screw

NO

Does something block the

ventilation around the heatsink? YES
Does something block air flow Remove blocking matter,
from the fan? Short circuit improvement
(Short circuit etc.)
NO
PC board
Check outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1705
[P15] [Gas leak detection]

No gas leakage. No Correct defective portion

Appropriate refrigerant amount Re-charge refrigerant
Yes

No Correct defective portion

Pulse motor valve is normal
Replace defective parts
Yes

No
Service valve is fully opened Open fully service valve

Yes

Yes
Piping collapse Repair or replace pipe

No

Temperature sensor check

NG Correct connector
Discharge sensor
Replace sensor
Suction sensor
OK
PC board
Check outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1675

131
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P19] [4-way valve reversal trouble]

Does 4-way valve

Is the coil
work correctly? NO NO
resistance Replace
(Check pipe temp. etc.
value of 4-way 4-way valve coil
in cooling/heating
valve normal?
operation)
YES
YES

Temperature The voltage

sensor normal? NO Replace variation due to
TE sensor TE, TS sensor the confirmation NO
Check 4-way valve
TS sensor of 4-way valve If defective, replace it
YES relay operation,
refer to below?
Is the flow of the YES
NO Check PMV
refrigerant by the
PMV normal? and replace
Check outdoor
YES control board PC board
If defective, <401, 601> MCC-1768
Indoor TC, TCJ NO Replace replace it <801, 1101> MCC-1675
sensor normal? TC, TCJ sensor NO
YES
Check indoor PC board
Failure → Replace

[4-way valve relay operation check]

Service switches SW01 and SW02 can be used to check the operation of the
4-way valve relay.
Use to check whether there are any problems with the 4-way valve or 4-way
valve coil.
[Method of operation ]
1) Confirm D800 to D804 are off (or rapidly flashing) and that D805 is
lit up. If D800 to D804 are slowly flashing or D805 is flashing then push
and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
D800 to D804 will turn off (or rapidly flash) and D805 turn on.
2) Push and hold down SW01 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly flashing.
3) Push SW01 until reaching the below [Self-preservation valve operation].

Self-preservation valve suck operation D800 D801 D802 D803 D804

(Heating)

Self-preservation valve secession operation D800 D801 D802 D803 D804

(Cooling)

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

4) Push SW02until D805 starts rapidly flashing.
5) Push and hold down SW02 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly
flashing, D805 will turn on, and the 4-way valve will be operated.
6) Push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds
or wait 2 minutes to return to normal control.

132
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P20] [High pressure protection operation]

No
Service valve is fully opened Open fully service valve

Yes Heating season

Reset the power source and perform Heating operation
test run matching to the season
Cooling season
Cooling operation

Outdoor PD sensor is normal No

Replace sensor
(confirmation by remote controller)
Yes
Outdoor fan is free from crack No Check outdoor fan
or looseness. If defective, replace or tighten it
Yes
No Check the same item as
Outdoor fan operates normally
those for [P22] abnormality
Yes

Something prevents outdoor unit

heat exchange Yes Remove the disturbing
- Clogged heat exchanger element
- Short circuit
No
Check for refrigerant overcharged, clogged
cycle, pipe break, abnormal overload, etc.
If defective, repair defective portion

Something prevents heat

exchange of hydro unit
Yes Remove the
- Clogged filter
disturbing element
- Clogged heat exchanger
- Short circuit
No
Check for refrigerant overcharged, clogged
cycle, pipe break, abnormal overload, etc.
If defective, repair defective portion

133
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[P22] [Fan system trouble]

Power voltage is normal NO Check wiring construction

AC220 - 240 V±10% Ask repair of power supply
YES
Rotate shaft of the fan motor by hands
during power-OFF. Can it rotate smoothly?
Is coil resistance of fan motor correct? NO
Between red and white lead wire: 12 to 20 Ω Replace fan motor
Between white and black lead wire: 12 to 20 Ω
Between black and red lead wire: 12 to 20 Ω
YES
Is not the fuse (near the terminal block) NO
blows? Replace fuse

YES

Check outdoor control board PC board

<401, 601> MCC-1768
If defective, replace it
<801, 1101> MCC-1705
[Single operation check for outdoor fan]
A single operation of the outdoor fan can be confirmed by handling the service
switches SW01 and SW02. Use this method to check whether there is trouble
on the fan or not.
[Method of operation]
1) Confirm D800 to D804 are off (or rapidly flashing) and that D805 is lit up.
If D800 to D804 are slowly flashing or D805 is flashing then please
push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
D800 to D804 will turn off (or rapidly flash) and D805 turn on.
2) Push and hold down SW800 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly flashing.
3) Push SW01 until reaching the below [Forced fan motor operation] LED indication.
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804
Forced fan motor operation

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

4) Push SW02 until D805 starts rapidly flashing.
5) Push and hold down SW02 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly
flashing, D805 will turn on, and the fan rotates.
6) Push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least
5 seconds or wait 2 minutes to return to normal control.

[P26] [Short-circuit of compressor drive element]

The connection between compressor No

lead and reactor is correct Correct wiring
(Check with wiring diagram)
Yes
Does the same error occur in No Replace outdoor board
operation without compressor lead? <401, 601> MCC-1768
Yes <801, 1101> MCC-1705
Compressor check
(rare short circuit, etc.)
If defective, replace it

[P29] [Compressor motor position detection circuit trouble]

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1705

134
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[F04] [Discharge temperature sensor (TD) failure]

TD sensor connector is No Correct TD sensor

connected connection
Yes

TD sensor resistance No
Refer to the
Replace TD sensor
characteristic is normal
characteristic table
Yes on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F06] [Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE) failure]

TE sensor connector is No Correct TE sensor

connected connection
Yes

TE sensor resistance No
Replace TE sensor
characteristic is normal Refer to the
characteristic table
Yes on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F07] [Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TL) failure]

TL sensor connector is No Correct TL sensor

connected connection
YES

TL sensor resistance No
Replace TL sensor
characteristic is normal Refer to the
characteristic table
YES on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F08] [Outside air temperature sensor (TO) failure]

TO sensor connector is No Correct TO sensor

connected connection
Yes

TO sensor resistance No
Refer to the
Replace TO sensor
characteristic is normal
characteristic table
Yes on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

135
 Outdoor LED Check and Action procedure
Check code indication (No specific description indicates outdoor unit parts.)
[F12] [Suction temperature sensor (TS) failure]

TS sensor connector is No Correct TS sensor

connected connection
Yes

TS sensor resistance No
Replace TS sensor
characteristic is normal Refer to the
characteristic table
Yes on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F13] [Heat sink temperature sensor (TH) failure]

Replace outdoor control board PC board

<401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1705
[F15] [Heat exchanger sensor (TE, TS) wrong wiring]

TE and TS sensor is No Correct sensor attaching

attached to the correct position. position
Yes

TE sensor resistance No
characteristic is normal Refer to the
Replace TE sensor
characteristic table
Yes on page 137

TS sensor resistance No
Refer to the Replace TS sensor
characteristic is normal
characteristic table
Yes on page 137
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F24] [High pressure sensor (PD) failure]

PD sensor connector is No Correct PD sensor

connected connection
Yes

No
PD sensor is normal Replace PD sensor

Yes
PC board
Replace outdoor control board <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

[F31] [EEPROM failure]

Check outdoor control board PC board

If defective, replace it <401, 601> MCC-1768
<801, 1101> MCC-1675

136
8-4-3. Temperature sensor, temperature-resistance characteristic
table
TWI, TFI, TTW sensors
Typical value
Temperature Resistance value (kΩ) 30
(°C) (Minimum) (Standard) (Maximum)
0 31.18 32.82 34.46

Resistance (kΩ)
10 19.12 19.95 20.78 20
20 12.08 12.50 12.92
25 9.700 10.00 10.30
10
30 7.808 8.050 8.291
40 5.155 5.314 5.474
50 3.482 3.590 3.698 0
60 2.380 2.478 2.583 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
70 1.659 1.744 1.838 Temperature (°C)

TC, TWO, THO, TE, TS, TO sensors

Typical value
200 20
Temperature Resistance value (kΩ)
(°C) (Minimum) (Standard) (Maximum)

Resistance (kΩ) (20°C or higher)

Resistance (kΩ) (20°C or lower)

-30 172.0 184.8 198.5

150 15
-20 95.54 101.7 108.1
-10 54.77 57.73 60.82
0 32.33 33.80 35.30 100 10
10 19.63 20.35 21.09
20 12.23 12.59 12.95
25 9.750 10.00 10.25 50 5
30 7.764 7.990 8.218
40 5.013 5.192 5.375
50 3.312 3.451 3.594 0 0
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
60 2.236 2.343 2.454
Temperature (°C)
70 1.540 1.623 1.709

TD, TL sensors
Typical value
Temperature Resistance value (kΩ)
(°C) 200 20
(Minimum) (Standard) (Maximum)
Resistance (kΩ) (50°C or higher)

0 150.5 161.3 172.7

Resistance (kΩ) (50°C or lower)

10 92.76 99.05 105.6 150 15

20 58.61 62.36 66.26
25 47.01 49.93 52.97
30 37.93 40.22 42.59 100 10

40 25.12 26.55 28.03

50 17.00 17.92 18.86
50 5
60 11.74 12.34 12.95
70 8.269 8.668 9.074
80 5.925 6.195 6.470 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
90 4.321 4.507 4.696
100 3.205 3.336 3.468 Temperature (°C)
110 2.411 2.504 2.598
120 1.838 1.905 1.972

137
8-5. Operation check by PC board switch
8-5-1. Operation check mode
This mode allows to check the operations of the water 2-way valve, water 3-way valve, mixing valve, and circulation
pump. This operation is valid when the hydro unit and the outdoor unit are turned on the power.

Operation check mode

(1) Preparation
1) Turn all of the remote controllers “OFF” for the hot water supply and heating.
2) Turn off the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
3) Remove the front panel of the hydro unit.
4) Set DIP_SW705_3 “ON”.
(2) Operation check
1) Turn on the hydro unit and the outdoor unit.
2) Rotate the rotary SW700 to position "0" and press tactile switch SW703 for 5 sec. or longer.
3) Rotating the rotary SW700 allows to check each operation.
4) Set the DIP_SW705_3 “OFF” to finish.

Rotary Check contents Remark

switch
0 None OP.CH
2WV_W Alive for approx. 2 sec, not alive for 3 2.ON ↔ 2.OFF
1
sec
3WV_W Alive for 4 min in the heating / cooling 7 segment display
2 direction ON → heating, OFF → hot water
Alive for 4 min in the hot water direction 3.ON ↔ 3.OFF
Mixing valve Alive for 30 sec in the forward direction F.ON ↔ F.OFF
3
Alive for 30 sec in the reverse direction
4 Built-in circulation pump Alive / not alive for 20 sec P.ON ↔ P.OFF
5 External circulation pump 2 Alive / not alive for 20 sec P2.ON ↔ P2.OFF
6 None
Water heat exchange backup Repeat heater 1, heater 2, and OFF The built-in circulation pump operates.
7
heater every 20 sec H.ON ↔ H.OFF
8 Hot water cylinder heater Alive / not alive for 20 sec dH.ON ↔ dH.OFF
Booster heater Alive / not alive for 20 sec The built-in circulation pump and external
9 circulation pump operate.
bH.ON ↔ bH.OFF
A Check the alarm output. Output for 20 sec / no output for 20 sec 01.ON ↔ 01.OFF
B Check the boiler output. Output for 20 sec / no output for 20 sec 02.ON ↔ 02.OFF
C Check the defrost output. Output for 20 sec / no output for 20 sec 03.ON ↔ 03.OFF
D Check the operation output. Output for 20 sec / no output for 20 sec 04.ON ↔ 04.OFF
E None
Built-in circulation pump Continuously alive Do not operate the circulation pump alive
F continuous operation continuously without any water in hydro unit.
P1.ON ↔ Flow rate display

138
8-6. Brief method for checking the key components
8-6-1. Hydro unit
No. Component name Check procedure
Water heat exchange Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester. (Normal temperature)
temperature
(TC) sensor Temperature
Water inlet temperature 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C
Sensor (kΩ)
(TWI) sensor
Water heat exchange temperature (TC) sensor
Water outlet temperature
1 (TWO) sensor Water outlet temperature (TWO) sensor 33.8 20.4 12.6 8.0
Water heater outlet temperature Water heater outlet temperature (THO) sensor
(THO) sensor Water inlet temperature (TWI) sensor
Hot water cylinder temperature
Hot water cylinder temperature (TTW) sensor 32.8 20.0 12.5 8.1
(TTW) sensor
Floor inlet temperature (TFI) sensor
Floor inlet temperature
(TFI) sensor

139
8-6-2. Outdoor unit
No. Component name Check procedure
Compressor Measure the resistance value of each winding with a tester.
Type Red 401HW-E, 601HW-E
DX150A1T-21F Resistance
Location
(401HW-E, 601HW-E) value
NX220A1FJ-20N Red − White 1.04 - 1.16 Ω
(801HW-E, 1101HW-E)
White − Black 1.04 - 1.16 Ω
Black − Red 1.04 - 1.16 Ω At 20°C
1 White Black
801HW-E, 1101HW-E

Resistance
Location
value
Red − White 1.16 - 1.28 Ω
White − Black 1.16 - 1.28 Ω
Black − Red 1.16 - 1.28 Ω At 20°C

Outdoor fan motor Measure the resistance value of each winding with a tester.
Type Red 401HW-E, 601HW-E
ICF-140-A43-1 Location Resistance value
(401HW-E, 601HW-E) Red − White
ICF-280-A60-1 White − Black 21.00 ± 1.05 Ω
(801HW-E, 1101HW-E)
Black − Red
2
801HW-E, 1101HW-E
White Black
Location Resistance value
Red − White
White − Black 32.6 ± 3.3 Ω
Black − Red

4-way valve coil Measure the resistance value.

3 Type 9 ± 0.9 Ω
DXQ-1233

140
No. Component name Check procedure
Pulse motor valve coil PQ-M10012-000313
Type 1 White
Location Resistance value
PQ-M10012-000313 5 Red M
(401HW-E, 601HW-E) Red − White, Orange
3 Orange 46 ± 3.7 Ω
UKV-A040 Gray − Yellow, Blue
FAM-MD12TF-1
(801HW-E, 1101HW-E)
Yellow Gray Blue
2 6 4
UKV-A040
1 Black
Location Resistance value
6 Gray M Gray − Black, Red
3 Red 46 ± 3 Ω
4 Gray − Yellow, Orange

Yellow Gray Orange

2 6 4
FAM-MD12TF-1
1 White
Location Resistance value
6 Red M Red − White, Orange
3 Orange 46 ± 4 Ω
Red − Yellow, Blue

Yellow Red Blue

2 6 4

2-way valve coil Measure the resistance value.

Type 2163 ± 151 Ω
5
TEV-SMOAJ2170A1
(801HW-E, 1101HW-E)
Suction temperature (TS) sensor Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester.
Heat exchange temperature 10-20 kΩ (Normal temperature)
(TE) sensor
Temperature
Outdoor temperature (TO) 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C
6 sensor Sensor (kΩ)
Suction temperature (TS) sensor
Heat exchange temperature (TE) sensor 33.8 20.4 12.6 8.0
Outdoor temperature (TO) sensor

Discharge temperature (TD) Remove the connector and measure the resistance value with a tester.
sensor
Heat exchanger coil temperature Temperature
0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C
7 (TL) sensor Sensor (kΩ)
Discharge temperature (TD) sensor
161.3 99.0 62.4 40.2
Heat exchanger coil temperature (TL) sensor

141
9 Hydro unit and outdoor unit settings
Hydro unit
1. Hydro unit Setting
After
DN code DN Description Default Change 1 Change 2 Change 3
Commissioning
Used to activate external boiler output.
6B0 0 = external boiler output de-activated; 0
1 = external boiler output activated
Boiler install location
6B1 0 = Heating side after 3 way valve 0
1 = Before 3 way valve
Used to when an external cylinder thermostat is connected
6B2 0 = No external cylinder thermostat; 0
1 = External tank thermostat connected
Used to when an external room thermostat is connected
6B3 0 = No external room thermostat; 0
1 = External room thermostat connected
Used to determine type of 3 way diverting valve used on
system.
6B4 0
0 = 2 wire/spring return or SPST type valve;
1 = SPDT type valve
Synchronisation of Pump P2.
0 = P2 continuous operation
6B5 (pump off when remote controller switched off) 0
1 = Pump P2 off during heating and cooling mode is off or hot
water HP operation.
Used when a hot water cylinder is connected to system.
6B8 0 = hot water cylinder connected; 0
1 = hot water cylinder not connected
Used to activate Zone 1 Operation.
6B9 0 = Zone 1 activated; 0
1 = Zone 1 de-activated
Used to activate Zone 2 Operation.
6BA 0 = Zone 2 de-activated; 0
1 = Zone 2 activated
P1 Pump operation for heating
6D0 0 = Normally run 0
1 = Stopped at the outside temperature over 20°C
Pump P1 power of regular, When long-term thermo off.
6D1 0 = None operation 0
1 = regular power
Used to activate Hydro Unit back up heaters.
6D2 0 = Back up heaters activated; 0
1 = back up heaters de-activated
Used to activate hot water cylinder electrical heater.
6D3 0 = hot water cylinder heater activated; 0
1 = hot water cylinder heater de-activated
Used to activate external booster heater output.
6D4 0 = external booster heater output activated; 0
1 = external booster heater output de-activated
Used to activate system auto restart after power failure.
28 0 = auto restart activated; 0
1 = auto restart de-activated
P1 Pump operation for hot water
5A 0 = synchronised with heat pump 0
1 = Normally run
Setting the objects to control of I/P 7, 8
0 = I/P 7 Emergency shutdown input, I/P 8 None
1 = I/P 7 TEMPO 1 input, I/P 8 None
B6 2 = I/P 7 TEMPO 2 input, I/P 8 None 0
3 = I/P 7 Forcibly turn off the backup heater,
I/P 8 Forcibly turn off the hot water tank heater
4 = I/P 7 SG network input 1, I/P 8 SG network input 2

142
2. DN Setting
• Hydro unit DN code setting is available only for the header remote controller.
• Set DN codes for various operation modes with the remote controller.

2-1. How to set hydro unit DN

<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Hydro Unit DN” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the Hydro Unit DN
[ ]/[ ] button to set the value. Cod e
(DN) Data

0010 0070

FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

143
2-2. How to set remote controller DN
<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Remote controller DN” FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
on the FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the Remote controller DN
[ ]/[ ] button to set the value. Co de
(DN) Data

01 0000

FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

144
DN table
DN Item Details Factory default
02 Cooling/Non-cooling switching 0000: Cooling 0001: Not cooling 0000: Cooling
03 Central control address 0001 - 0128 None
08 Hot water boost operation time (operating time) 0003: 30 min - 0018: 180 min 0006: 60 min
09 Hot water boost set temperature 0040: 40°C - 0080: 80°C 0075: 75°C
0A Anti bacteria set temperature 0065: 65°C - 0080: 80°C 0075: 75°C
0B Anti bacteria holding time 0000: 0 min - 0060: 60 min 0030: 30 min
0C Mixing valve drive time 0003: 30 sec - 0024: 240 sec 0006: 60 sec
0F Hot water HP allowance while cooling + hot water 0000: Not allow - 0001: Allow 0000: Not allow
supply
10 Type setting 0070: Wall mounted type Depend on type
0071: AIO type
11 Water heat exchanger capacity 0010: 601 0015: 1101 Depend on type
12 Line address 0001 - 0128 None
13 Indoor address 0001 - 0128 None
14 Group address 0000: Individual (Not group control) None
0001: Header unit
0002: Follower unit
18 Upper limit of cooling set temperature 0018: 18°C - 0030: 30°C 0025: 25°C
19 Lower limit of cooling set temperature 0007: 7°C - 0020: 20°C 0007: 7°C
1A Upper limit of heating (ZONE1) set temperature 0037: 37°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0055: 55°C (401 / 601)
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101) 0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
1B Lower limit of heating (ZONE1) set temperature 0020: 20°C - 0037: 37°C 0020: 20°C
1C Upper limit of heating (ZONE2) set temperature 0037: 37°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0055: 55°C (401 / 601)
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101) 0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
1D Lower limit of heating (ZONE2) set temperature 0020: 20°C - 0037: 37°C 0020: 20°C
1E Upper limit of hot water set temperature 0060: 60°C - 0080: 80°C 0075: 75°C
1F Lower limit of hot water set temperature 0040: 40°C - 0060: 60°C 0040: 40°C
20 Hot water HP start temperature 0020: 20°C - 0045: 45°C 0038: 38°C
21 Hot water HP stop temperature 0040: 40°C - 0065: 65°C 0052: 52°C
22 Priority mode Hot water supply/Heating switching -0040: -40°C - 0020: 20°C 0000: 0°C
temperature
23 Boiler output enable switching temperature -0020: -20°C - 0020: 20°C -0010: -10°C
24 Outside air temperature for hot water temperature -0020: -20°C - 0010: 10°C 0000: 0°C
compensation start
25 Hot water temperature compensation value 0000: 0K - 0015: 15K 0003: 3K
26 Night setback change temperature range 0003: 3K - 0020: 20K 0005: 5K
27 Set temperature shift with heating Auto -0005: -5K - 0005: 5K 0000: 0K
28 Auto Restart of power outage after system power 0000: No 0001: Yes 0001: Yes
failure
29 Outside air temperature T1 temperature -0015: -15°C - 0000: 0°C -0010: -10°C
2B Outside air temperature T3 temperature 0000: 0°C - 0015: 15°C 0010: 10°C
2C Set temperature A with outside air temperature of T0 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0040: 40°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
2D Set temperature B with outside air temperature of T1 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0035: 35°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
2E Set temperature C with outside air temperature of 0°C 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0030: 30°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
2F Set temperature D with outside air temperature of T3 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0025: 25°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
30 Set temperature E with outside air temperature of 20°C 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0020: 20°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
31 Zone2 ratio with Zone1 as Auto 0000: 0% - 0100: 100% 0080: 80%
33 Hydro unit backup heater down time 0000: 5 min 0001: 10 min 0001: 10 min
0002: 15 min 0003: 20 min
* DN_11, 6B8, 6BA, 6BC are needed for PCB replacement or DN code reset procedure has been completed.

145
DN Item Details Factory default
34 Hydro unit backup heater up time 0000: 10 min 0001: 20 min 0000: 10 min
0002: 30 min 0003: 40 min
3A Frost protection function Invalid/Valid 0000: Invalid 0001: Valid 0001: Valid
3B Frost protection set temperature 0008: 8°C - 0020: 20°C 0015: 15°C
3C 2-way valve operation (logical reverse) control 0000: Energised during cooling 0000: Activate during
0001: Not energised during cooling cooling
3E Heating HP/Boiler priority switching when using boiler 0000: Priority on HP 0001: Priority on boiler 0000: Priority on HP
40 Activate/deactivate room temperature control 0000: Deactivate 0001: Activate 0000: Deactivate
42 P2 pump display on Wireless Adapter screen (NOT on 0000: Invalid 0001: Valid 0000: Invalid
remote controller screen)
52 External input setting when using I/P 7, 8 (CN21) as 0000: CLOSE to stop system 0000: CLOSE to stop
Emergency shutdown input (DN_B6 = “0”) 0001: OPEN to stop system
54 Logic of 3-way valve’s action when powered (Single 0000: Not reversed (Hot water mode when powered) 0000: Not reversed
return only) 0001: Reversed (Heating when powered) (Hot water mode when
powered)
58 Night setback is activated 0000: Zone 1 & 2 0000: Zone1 & 2
0001: Zone 1 only
59 Interval of Mixing Valve control 0000: 30 seconds 0002: 2 minutes
0001: 1 minute - 0030: 30 minutes
5A P1 setting while in hot water supply mode 0000: While running HP only 0000: While running
0001: P1 continues running HP only
5B Boiler running setting 0000: Boiler and HP 0003: Boiler only
0001: Boiler only with pump running
0002: Heater
0003: Boiler only (Pump stopping)
61 External input setting when using I/P 5, 6 (CN21) 0000: Starts as the circuit is closed 0000: Closed: Starts
Stops as the circuit is opened Opened: Stops
0001: Starts / stops as the circuit is received closed
pulse signal
62 Activate/deactivate A02 error detection 0000: Activate 0000: Activate
0001: Deactivate
64 Continuously run or stop the P2 pump while cooling 0000: Continuously run P2 0000: Continuous
0001: Stop P2 running
65 P1 pump setting when the thermostat is deactivated in 0000: Continuously run P1 0000: Continuous
the room temperature remote controller and room 0001: Stop P1 when the thermostat is OFF running
temperature thermostat settings
6E TO diff temperature, when pump P1 stop at TO 20°C 0001: 1K 0005: 5K 0002: 2K
73 Hot water tank heater start time of heat-pump while 0000: 30 min passed 0003: 120 min passed 0003: 120 min passed
operating
92 Upper room temperature limit when cooling 0000: 0°C - 0055: 55°C 0029: 29°C
93 Lower room temperature limit when cooling 0000: 0°C - 0055: 55°C 0018: 18°C
94 Upper room temperature limit when heating 0000: 0°C - 0055: 55°C 0029: 29°C
95 Lower room temperature limit when heating 0000: 0°C - 0055: 55°C 0018: 18°C
96 Initial water temperature setting when controlling 0005: 5°C - 0030: 30°C 0020: 20°C
cooling by the room temperature remote controller and
room temperature thermostat
9D Initial water temperature setting when controlling 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0040: 40°C
heating by the room temperature remote controller and 0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
room temperature thermostat
9E TO temperature setting to stop the P1 pump during the 0010: 10°C - 0030: 30°C 0020: 20°C
middle period heating
A0 P1 pump speed control changes the percentage duty of 0000: 100% 0005: 50% 0000: 100%
the PWM control
A1 Outside air temperature T0 temperature -0020: -20°C (401 / 601), -0015: -15°C (401 / 601), -0020: -20°C
-
-0030: -30°C (801 / 1101) -0020: -20°C (801 / 1101)
A2 Zone2 temperature setting method 0000: Percentage (DN_31) 0000: Percentage
0001: Fixed value (DN_A3 ~ A5)
A3 Set temperature A' with outside temperature of T0 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0040: 40°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
* DN_11, 6B8, 6BA, 6BC are needed for PCB replacement or DN code reset procedure has been completed.

146
DN Item Details Factory default
A4 Set temperature B' with outside temperature of T1 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0035: 35°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
A5 Set temperature E' with outside temperature of 20°C 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0020: 20°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
AB Group control 0000: TTW value of each Hydro Unit 0000: each Hydro Unit
0001: TTW value transmitted from Master Unit
AC The temperature increase during 0-10 (0K - 10K) 0000: 0K
“Forced ON” mode (SG Ready control)
B2 HP restart water temperature in A zone. (Valid only 0020: 20°C 0037: 37°C 0025: 25°C
room temp control using 2nd remote controller)
B5 Initial water temperature setting method when 0000: The fixed temperature by DN_9D 0000: The fixed
controlling heating by the room temperature remote 0001: The calculated temperature by Auto curve
controller and room temperature thermostat
B6 Setting the objects to control of I/P 7, 8 0000: I/P 7 Emergency shutdown input, I/P 8 None 0000: I/P 7
0001: I/P 7 TEMPO 1 input, I/P 8 None Emergency
0002: I/P 7 TEMPO 2 input, I/P 8 None shutdown input,
0003: I/P 7 Forcibly turn off the backup heater, I/P 8
I/P 8 Forcibly turn off the hot water tank heater None
0004: I/P 7 SG network input 1,
I/P 8 SG network input 2
B8 Forcibly heater off at T0 ≥ A°C 0000: no restriction, 0001: 20°C 0000: no restriction
0002: 15°C, ···, 0006: -5°C
B9 Backup heater energization temperature during Correction coefficient B 0000: 0K
defrosting. 0000: 0K, ···, 0004: 40K
BA Intermittent operation at T0 ≥ A°C 0000: continuous operation 0000: continuous
(heating mode) 0001: 20°C, ···, 0006: -5°C operation
BB Intermittent operation at T0 < B°C 0000: continuous operation 0000: continuous
(cooling mode) 0001: 35°C, ···, 0003: 25°C operation
BC Pump off time during thermostat off operation 0000: 5 min, ···, 0005: 30 min 0001: 10 min
680 0 - 10 V input setting 0000: Not use 0000: Not use
0001: Temperature setting
0002: Capacity setting of Heating / Cooling
0003: Capacity setting of Hot water supply
0004: Capacity setting of Heating / Cooling +
Hot water supply
681 0 - 10 V Hot water supply temperature setting 0000: Not use AI 0001: AI 1 0000: Not use AI
0002: AI 2 0003: AI 3
682 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE1 temperature setting 0000: Not use AI 0001: AI 1 0000: Not use AI
0002: AI 2 0003: AI 3
683 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE2 temperature setting 0000: Not use AI 0001: AI 1 0000: Not use AI
0002: AI 2 0003: AI 3
684 0 - 10 V Cooling temperature setting 0000: Not use AI 0001: AI 1 0000: Not use AI
0002: AI 2 0003: AI 3
685 0 - 10 V Hot water supply temperature upper limit 0040: 40°C - 0080: 80°C 0065: 65°C
686 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE1 temperature upper limit 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0055: 55°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
687 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE2 temperature upper limit 0020: 20°C - 0055: 55°C (401 / 601), 0055: 55°C
0065: 65°C (801 / 1101)
688 0 - 10 V Cooling temperature upper limit 0007: 7°C - 0029: 29°C 0020: 20°C
689 0 - 10 V Hot water supply temperature setting 0001: 1°C - 0005: 5°C 0005: 5°C
resolution
68A 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE1 temperature setting resolution 0001: 1°C - 0005: 5°C 0003: 3°C
68B 0 - 10 V Heating ZONE2 temperature setting resolution 0001: 1°C - 0005: 5°C 0003: 3°C
68C 0 - 10 V Cooling temperature setting resolution 0001: 1°C - 0005: 5°C 0001: 1°C
6A6 P1 pump speed control 0000: P1 pump fixed speed (depend on DN_A0 0001: Variable speed
setting)
0001: P1 pump variable speed
6A7 Pump speed control correction 0000: 100% 0001 :90% 0000: 100%
0002: 75% 0003: 50%
6AC Hot water supply mode operation cycle to prevent 0000: Invalid 0024: 24H
water temperature drop 0001: 1H - 0050: 50H
* DN_11, 6B8, 6BA, 6BC are needed for PCB replacement or DN code reset procedure has been completed.

147
DN Item Details Factory default
6B0 Boiler output enabled 0000: No 0001:Yes 0000: No
6B1 Boiler install position after 3WV heating side / before 0000: After 3WV heating side 0000: After 3WV
3WV 0001: Before 3WV heating side
6B2 External cylinder thermostat connected 0000: No 0001: Yes 0000: No
6B3 External room thermostat connected 0000: No 0001: Yes 0000: No
6B4 3WV SPST / SPDT specification switching 0000: SPST 0001: SPDT 0000: SPST
6B5 Synchronisation of pump P1 and P2 0000: Non-synchronous 0000: Non-
0001: Synchronous synchronous
6B8 Hot water supply is using 0000: Yes 0001: No 0000: Yes
6B9 ZONE1 operation is using 0000: Yes 0001: No 0000: Yes
6BA ZONE2 operation is using 0000: No 0001: Yes 0000: No
6BC Back up heater capacity 0000: 3 kW 0001: 6 kW Depend on type
0002: 9 kW
6BD Outdoor unit type setting 0000: 401 / 601 0001: 801 / 1101 Depend on type
0002 - 0003: None
6CA Output1 item 0000: Alarm 0001: Compressor 0000: Alarm
0002: Defrost 0003: Boiler
6CB Output4 item 0001: Compressor
0004: Release 0005: Back up heater
6CC Output2 item 0006: Cylinder heater 0007: Heating 0002: Defrost
6CD Output3 item 0008: Cooling 0009: Hot water supply 0003: Boiler
6CE SG ready forced operation heater control 0000: Heater output allowed 0000: Heater output
0001: Heater output not allowed allowed
6D0 P1 pump stop or not using outside air temperature 0000: Continuous run 0000: Continuous run
0001: Pump P1 stop when TO > 20°C (Available to
change the temperature setting by DN_9E)
6D1 Pump P1 ON/OFF cycling (During long periods of 0000: OFF 0001: ON 0000: OFF
system OFF)
6D2 Hydro unit backup heater energized Yes / No 0000: Energized 0001: Not energized 0000: Energized
6D3 Hot water cylinder heater energized Yes / No 0000: Energized 0001: Not energized 0000: Energized
6D4 External booster heater output enabled Yes / No 0000: Enabled 0001: Not enabled 0000: Enabled
6F1 Temperature difference for mixing valve opening value 0001: 1K 0002: 2K 0002: 2K
changing 0003: 3K
6F2 Mixing valve maximum steps 0012: 12 step - 0060: 60 step 0024: 24 step
* DN_11, 6B8, 6BA, 6BC are needed for PCB replacement or DN code reset procedure has been completed.

148
Remote controller DN table
DN Item Details Fist shipment
02 Temperature correction by the room temperature sensor -10K~+10K: By 1K steps -1: -1K correction
(heating)
03 Temperature correction by the room temperature sensor -10K~+10K: By 1K steps -1: -1K correction
(cooling)
09 Night time low-noise mode 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid
0A Night time low-noise start time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0B Night time low-noise end time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 06: 06:00
0C Anti bacteria start time 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0D Anti bacteria start cycle 1 - 10 (Every day to 10-day cycle) 07: 7-day cycle
0E Starting time of Night setback 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 22: 22:00
0F Ending time of Night setback 0 - 23 (0:00 to 23:00) 06: 06:00
11 Remote controller Alarm Tone. 0: Alarm Tone OFF 1: Alarm Tone ON 1: Alarm Tone ON
12 Frost running period (days) (0 days – 20 days) 00: No setting
13 Frost running period (hours) (0 hours – 23 hours) 00: No setting
14 Start and End temperature 20 - 55 (20°C - 55°C) 00: No setting
15 Max temperature 20 - 55 (20°C - 55°C) 00: No setting
16 Continuation days for every step up to Max temperature 1 - 7 (1 day - 7 days) 00: No setting
17 Temperature difference for every step up to Max 1 - 10 (1 K - 10 K) 00: No setting
temperature
18 Continuation days for every step down to End 1 - 7 (1 day - 7 days) 00: No setting
temperature
19 Temperature difference for every step down to End 1 - 10 (1 K - 10 K) 00: No setting
temperature
1A Continuation days in Max temperature 1 - 50 (1 day - 50 days) 00: No setting
1B Power consumption function is using 0000: No 0001: Yes 0001: Yes
1C Language setting 0000: English 0001: Turkish 0000: English
0002: French 0003: German
0004: Spanish 0005: Italian
0006: Dutch 0007: Finnish
0008: Czech 0009: Hungarian
0010: Croatian 0011: Slovenian
0012: Portuguese 0013: Polish
0014: Danish 0015: Swedish
1D Floor drying setting 0000: OFF 0001: ON 0000: OFF
1E Temperature sensor using in room temperature control 0000: OFF 0001: ON 0000: OFF
* 14~1A: for floor drying function

149
2-3. How to reset hydro DN
(1) Procedure
1) Proceed the hydro DN setting screen. * See 9-2-1. Hydro DN setting
2) Press the [ ][ ][ ] long time in DN setting screen, and select “YES”.

NOTE
• After DN reset, it will take few minutes to back normal screen. First communication screen will continue for few
minutes, but it is NOT trouble.
• After DN reset, it is necessary to confirm and set again some item below.
DN Item Details Factory default
11 Water heat exchanger capacity 0010: 601 0015: 1101 Depend on type
6B8 Hot water supply is using 0000: Yes 0001: No 0000: Yes
6BA ZONE2 operation is using 0000: No 0001: Yes 0000: No
6BC Back up heater capacity 0000: 3 kW 0001: 6 kW Depend on type
0002: 9 kW

2-4. How to reset remote controller DN

(1) Procedure
1) Proceed the remote controller DN setting screen. * See 9-2-2. Remote controller DN setting
2) Press the [ ][ ][ ] long time in DN setting screen, and select "YES".

150
3. Test run
• Even if the outside air temperature or water temperature is outside the setting value range, Heating, Cooling and
Hot water supply operation become possible.
• Since the protection setting is disabled in the TEST mode, do not continue a test run longer than 10 minutes.

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Test mode” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select ON, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
The mark appears on the top screen.
ON
OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating or cooling or Hot water operation on the top MON
screen, then the selected mode mark is blinking during Test mode.
ZONE1 ZONE2 HOT WATER

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

• The pump is activated in 30 seconds. If air is not released completely, the flow sensor value is activated to stop
operation. Release air again according to the piping procedure. Little air entrainment is discharged from the
purge valve.
• Check that the hydraulic pressure has become the predetermined pressure 0.1 to 0.2 MPa (1 to 2 bar). If the
hydraulic pressure is insufficient, replenish water.
• Heating operation starts. Check that the hydro unit starts heating.
• Press the [ ] button to select the Cooling operation, in a few second, the operation starts.
• Check that the hydro unit starts cooling and that the floor heating system is not cooled.
• Press the [ ] button to stop the operation.
• Press the [ ] button to start the Hot water supply operation.
• Check that there is no air entrainment.
• Check that hot water is present at the connection port of the hot water cylinder.
• Press the [ ] button or [ ON/OFF] button to stop the operation.

151
4. Auto Curve Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• Set DN for various operation modes with the remote controller.

<Procedure> Perform the following when no operation is in progress.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Hydro Unit DN” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN number or Data, then Hydro Unit DN
press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value. Cod e
(DN) Data

0010 0070

FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

152
<ZONE1>
• An operation starts at the set temperature of straight -line approximation for the following: water temperature A°C with the outside
temperature T0°C, B°C with T1°C, C°C with T2°C, D°C with T3°C, and E°C with 20°C.

TSC_F (°C) Related DN

± 5K adjustable (DN_27) DN Setting item Default range
A (40)
2C Setting temperature A at T0 40 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
B (35) 2D Setting temperature B at T1 35 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
C (30)
2E Setting temperature C at T2 (= 0°C) 30 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
2F Setting temperature D at T3 25 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
D (25) 30 Setting temperature E at 20°C 20 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
E (20) A1 Outside temperature T0 -20 -30 ~ -20°C
29 Outside temperature T1 -10 -15 ~ 0°C
T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) 2B Outside temperature T3 10 0 ~ 15°C
(-20) (-10) (10) 27 Set temperature shift with heating set to auto 0 -5 to 5K
* ( ): 801, 1101
<ZONE2>
• Set temperature of the ZONE2 can be selected from two methods (DN_A2). One is a percentage of ZONE1, the other is a fixed value.
DN_A2 = "0" : Percentage method that is set by DN_31.
DN_A2 = "1" : Fixed value method that is set by DN_A3, A4 and A5.
However, it is automatically controlled the set temperature of ZONE1 to be the ZONE2 or more.

DN_A2 = 0 Percentage method DN_A2 = 1 Fixed value method

TSC_F (°C) TSC_F (°C)

ZONE 1 A' (40)
A (40)

B (35) ZONE 2
B' (35)
80% (DN_31) of ZONE1
C (30)

D (25)

E (20) E' (20)

T0 T1 T2=0 T3 20 TO (°C) T0 T1 20 TO (°C)

(-20) (-10) (10) (-20) (-10)
Auto-Curve in ZONE2 shows 80% (DN) of that of ZONE1, the The ZONE2 set temperature A'°C with the outside
water temperature setting does not fall below 20°C. temperature T0°C, B'°C with T1°C, E'°C with 20°C.

Related DN
DN Setting item Default range
A2 The choice of how to set ZONE2 0 0 or 1
A3 Setting temperature A' at T0 40 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
A4 Setting temperature B' at T1 35 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
A5 Setting temperature E' at 20 °C 20 20 ~ 55 (65)* °C
31 Auto-Curve ratio of ZONE2 80 0 ~ 100%
* ( ): 801, 1101

153
Auto-Curve temperature shift
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• The set temperature can be shifted in the range of ±5K of the current setting.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Auto mode” on the MENU MENU(1/2)
screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The DN code setting
screen appears.
DN_27: Shifted temperature (Range: -5 ~ +5, Default: 0)
3 Press the [ ] button to select Data value, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to adjust the
temperature between -5K to +5 K.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set temperature is registered. Auto mode

Code
(DN) Data

FIX

154
5. Clock Setting
• Setting for the clock (date, month, year, time)

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Setting” on the MENU MENU(2/2)

screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Initial setting” on the Setting

Setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Initial setting
Schedule setting

SET

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Clock” on the Initial Initial setting(1/2)
setting screen, then press the [ ] button. Clock
Screen contrast
Backlight
Header / Second
Temperature control

SET

4 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select the date, month, year, and, time.
5 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the value, then press the Clock
[ ] button.
• The clock display appears on the top screen.
31 / 12 / 2021 01:11
• The clock display blinks if the clock setting has been reset due to power
failure or other cause.
FIX
← →

155
6. Scheduled Operation Setting
6-1. How to set scheduled operation
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• Schedule setting makes the following modes to be flexibly set: hot water supply, heating, cooling, hot water
supply and heating, hot water supply and cooling, and stop, and set temperature.
• Set the unit clock and the schedule condition setting before schedule timer setting.

<Preparation>
Set the remote controller time at first.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Setting” on the MENU MENU(2/2)

screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Schedule setting” on Setting

the setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Initial setting
Schedule setting

SET

Condition setting
• Up to 6 different running patterns per day can be programmed.
1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Condition setting” on the
Schedule setting
Schedule setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Condition setting
Holiday setting
Key lock

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to input running pattern. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

3 Press [ ]/[ ] button to select the change item, then press the Condition setting(1/2)
[ ]/[ ] button. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
FIX RESET

156
4 Press the [ ] button. Condition setting

Schedule timer confirm?

YES NO

5 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

Mode : Operation mode (HEAT, COOL, HW (Hot water))
Z1 : ZONE1 setting temperature
Z2 : ZONE2 setting temperature
HW : Hot water supply operation setting temperature
Start : Operation start time (0:00 ~ 23:59)
End : Operation end time (0:00 ~ 24:00, -- : --)
• “-- : --” means the operation continues.

If End time is set earlier than Start time, an error is displayed.

157
To set up ranging over a day

There are two methods.

1.If “24:00” is set to “END” and “00:00” is set to “START” next day, the previous operation status will be continued.
And set the time you want to stop to “END”.
2.If “--” is set to “END”, the previous operation status will be continued next day. And set the time you want to stop
to “END”. Any “START” time is sufficient if it is earlier than “END” time.

In the case of heating operation from 21:00 of Monday night to 3:00 of Tuesday morning.
Example of set up (1) Condition setting(1/2) Condition setting(1/2)
ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 24:00 HEAT 55 45 -- 00:00 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET COPY RESET
DAY SET DAY SET

MON TUE
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (2) Condition setting(1/2) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 -- : -- HEAT 55 45 -- 02:30 03:00 *1
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : -- -- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET COPY RESET
DAY SET DAY SET

MON TUE
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (3) (ALL DAY) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 24:00
HEAT 55 45 -- 00:00 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
RESET
DAY SET

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

Example of set up (4) (ALL DAY) Condition setting(1/2)

ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 21:00 -- : -- *1
HEAT 55 45 -- 02:30 03:00
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
RESET
DAY SET

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Heating

*1: “START” time is permissible 00:00 ~ 02:59 in this example.

158
To copy the settings of the previous day

1 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to copy the settings of the previous day. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

2 Press the [ ] button, then the contents of the setting is displayed.

Condition setting

Copy the previous day setting?

YES NO
↓
• If the [ ] button is pressed in the state where “MON” is selected, the Condition setting(1/2)
contents of the setting of “SUN” is copied. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
COPY RESET
DAY SET

To reset the settings for each day.

1 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button Condition setting(1/2)
to reset the settings of the day. ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN
Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End
HEAT 55 45 -- 08:00 22:00
COOL 25 -- -- 23:00 --:--
HW -- -- 65 18:00 19:00
COPY RESET
DAY SET

2 Press the [ ] button, then the contents of the setting is cleared.

Condition setting

Delete the day setting?

YES NO
↓
Condition setting(1/2)
ALL MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

Mode Z1 Z2 HW Start End

-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
-- -- -- -- -- : -- -- : --
COPY RESET
DAY SET

159
Holiday setting
• Set the days of the week when the schedule timer not used.
1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Holiday setting” on the Schedule setting
Schedule setting screen, then press the [ ] button.
Condition setting
Holiday setting
Key lock

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select the day, then press the [ ] button
Holiday setting
to set.
●: Schedule timer is not used. MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN

FIX
DAY SET

3 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

Key lock
• Select whether to “LOCK” / “UNLOCK” for “ON/OFF”, “Temp.”, “Mode” during the schedule timer.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Key lock” on the Schedule setting screen, then press
the [ ] button.
2 Press the [ ] button to select object, then press the [ ] button
to select LOCK or UNLOCK. Key lock

●: LOCK
ON/OFF Temp. Mode

FIX
SELECT LOCK

3 Press the [ ] button to Fix.

• When “LOCK” is selected, the key cannot be used during Key lock and schedule timer.
• The factory default is “UNLOCK”.

To enable the Schedule timer function

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Schedule timer” on the MENU(1/2)
MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Schedule timer Schedule timer
screen, then press the [ ] button. The mark appears on the
top screen. ON
OFF

FIX

160
7. Frost protection Setting
• This function performs operation with the minimum capacity (target water temperature:15°C) to prevent pipes
from freezing in case the unit is not used for a long period due to absence.
• Cancel schedule timer to start Frost protection operation. When Frost protection is operated with schedule timer
on, it may stop during its operation.
• The minimum capacity can be changed, ask the installation company to make the required changes to the
settings.
• This function takes precedence over the Night setback operation that is set separately.
• Start the heating operation before making the setting.
It may not be able to go to the setting screen immediately after start. In that case, select “Frost protection” again
after tens of seconds.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Frost protection” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Frost protection Frost protection
screen, then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 The temperature indication change to “F” and mark appears on MON

the top screen.
• When the set period has passed, the Frost protection operation ends ZONE1 HOT WATER
automatically.

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

161
<How to set Frost protection operation end time>
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Frost protection” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The DN code setting
screen appears.
DN_12: End days (Range: 0~20, Default: 0)
13: End times (Range: 0~23, Default: 0)
ex)
Code No. 12: 05
13: 13 = 5 days 13 hours
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to set
the value.
4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered. Frost protection

Code
(DN) Data

FIX

162
8. NIGHT Operation Setting
• This function is used for energy saving during specified time zone (sleeping hours, etc.).
• For night time hours (sleeping hours, etc.), this function shifts the set temperature of heating or cooling by 5K.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select an “Night setback” on MENU(1/2)

the MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Night setback Night setback
screen, then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the heating or cooling operation, then the mark appears on the top screen.

<How to set NIGHT operation start and end time>

• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select an “Night setback” on MENU(1/2)

the MENU screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The DN code setting
screen appears.
DN_0E: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0F: End time (Range: 0~23, Default: 06)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the
value.
The same value cannot be set to 0E and 0F.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set time is registered. Night setback

Code
(DN) Data

FIX

163
9. Anti bacteria Setting
• This setting regularly raises the hot water cylinder temperature to prevent bacteria from growing.
• The Anti bacteria operation is performed to maintain the temperature (75°C) for the period (30 minutes) when
the preset start time (22:00) comes according to the preset cycle (7 days).
• The maintain temperature and the period can be changed, ask the installation company to make the required
changes to the settings.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Anti bacteria” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Anti bacteria screen, Anti bacteria
then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the hot water operation, then the mark appears on the top screen.

<How to set Anti bacteria temperature and holding time>

In DN_0A or 0B, the set temperature and holding time can be changed.
DN_0A: Set temperature change range 70 to 80°C (75°C: default)
DN_0B: Holding time change range 0 to 60 minutes (30 minutes: default)

<How to set Anti bacteria start time and cycle>

• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Anti bacteria” on the MENU(2/2)

MENU screen. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The DN code setting
screen appears.
DN_0C: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0D: cycle (Range: 1~10, Default: 07)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the
value.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered. Anti bacteria

Code
(DN) Data

FIX

164
10. Hot water boost Setting
• This function is used when temporarily giving priority to the hot water supply operation. The hot water supply
operation is performed in preference to other operations with a target of the preset time (60 minutes) or the preset
temperature (75°C). Use this function when hot water is not used for a long time or before using a large amount
of hot water.
• The preset time and temperature settings can be changed to values with in a range of 30 to 180 minutes and 40
to 80°C. Ask the installation company to make the required changes to the settings.
• Start the hot water operation before making the setting.
It may not be able to go to the setting screen immediately after start. In that case, select “Hot water boost” again
after tens of seconds.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Hot water boost” on the MENU(1/2)
MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Hot water boost Hot water boost
screen, then press the [ ] button. The mark appears on the
top screen. ON
• When the set time period has passed or the water temperature has OFF
reached the set temperature, the Hot water boost operation ends
automatically. FIX

Hot water boost operation with the heat pump and heater ends when the water temperature reaches 75°C;
however, the normal hot water supply operation automatically starts after 60 minutes even if the temperature is not
as high as 75°C.

<How to set Hot water boost operation time and temperature>

In DN_08 or 09, the operation time and set temperature can be changed.
DN_08: Operation time change range 30 to 120 minutes (60 minutes: default)
DN_09: Set temperature change range 40 to 80°C (75°C: default)

165
11. Night time Low-noise Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This setting is used to reduce noise output, from the outdoor unit, during night time for neighbors. Night time low-
noise operates with lower operation frequency and fan tap than normal operation only for the set time period.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Silent mode” on the MENU(1/2)

MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button to select “ON” on the Silent mode screen, Silent mode
then press the [ ] button.
ON
OFF

FIX

3 Start the heating, cooling or hot water operation. The mark appears on the top screen during
the set-up time zone.

<How to enable, set start time and end time of night time low-noise>
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Silent mode” on the MENU(1/2)

MENU screen. Auto mode
Schedule timer
Night setback
Silent mode
Hot water boost

SET

2 Press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or longer to enter the setting mode. The DN code setting
screen appears.
DN_0A: Start time (Range: 0~23, Default: 22)
0B: End time (Range: 0~23, Default: 06)
3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the [ ]/[ ] button to set the
value.
The same value cannot be set to 0A and 0B.

4 Press the [ ] button. The set time is registered. Silent mode

Code
(DN) Data

FIX

166
12. Forced Defrosting Setting
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This function can active the forced defrosting mode for the outdoor unit.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Forced defrosting” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select ON, then press the [ ] button. Forced defrosting

ON
OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating operation on the top screen.

(Operation)
• Press the button.
• Set the operation to the heating mode.
• After a while, forced defrosting signals are transmitted to the outdoor unit, and the unit starts defrosting.
(Forced defrosting lasts for up to 10 minutes.)
• After the defrosting, the heating operation starts.
• To perform defrosting again, start with 1 above.
(Performing the forced defrosting once cancels the forced defrosting setting above described.)

167
13. Display Function of Set Temperature and Other Settings
• The sensor sensing temperature is displayed on the remote controller.
• This function allows you to make sure whether the sensor is installed properly.

▼Sensor temperature display calling

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Service monitor” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select the unit, Service monitor Service monitor
then press the [ ] button to display 1-1 1-4 1-7
the status. Code Data
1-2 1-5 1-8

1-3 1-6

RETURN
UNIT SET

168
 Item code Data name Unit
00 Target temperature for hot water supply °C
01 Target water temperature for Zone1 °C
02 Target water temperature for Zone2 °C
03 Remote controller sensor temperature °C
04 Condensed temperature (TC) °C
06 Water inlet temperature (TWI) °C
Hydro unit data

07 Water outlet temperature (TWO) °C

08 Water heater outlet temperature (THO) °C
09 Floor inlet temperature (TFI) °C
0A Hot water cylinder temperature (TTW) °C
0B Mixing valve position step
0E Low pressure (Ps) × 1/10 kPa
0F Hydro soft Ver. ‒
10 Control temperature (Hot water cylinder) °C
11 Control temperature (Zone1) °C
12 Control temperature (Zone2) °C

Item code Data name Unit

60 Heat exchange temperature (TE) °C
61 Outside air temperature (TO) °C
62 Discharge temperature (TD) °C
Outdoor unit data

63 Suction temperature (TS) °C

65 Heat sink temperature (THS) °C
6A Current × 10 A
6D Heat exchanger coil temperature (TL) °C
70 Compressor operation Hz Hz
72 Number of revolutions of outdoor fan (lower or 1 fan model) rpm
73 Number of revolutions of outdoor fan (upper) rpm
74 Outdoor PMV position × 1/10 pls

Item code Data name Unit

F0 Micro computer energized accumulation time × 1/100 h
F1 Hot water compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h
Service data

F2 Cooling compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h

F3 Heating compressor ON accumulation time × 1/100 h
F4 Built-in circulation pump operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F5 Hot water cylinder heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F6 Backup heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h
F7 Booster heater operation accumulation time × 1/100 h

• Some sensors (temperature / pressure) or fan are not displayed, because not connected.

169
14. Failure History Calling Function
• List of latest 10 alarm data: error information of error code, date and time is displayed.

<Procedure>

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Alarm history” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

To reset the alarm history

1 Press the [ ] button to reset the alarm history. Alarm history(1/3)

Code Date Time

RESET

2 Press the [ ] button, then all alarm data is cleared. Alarm history

Reset all alarm data?

YES NO

NOTE
If the current failure is the same as the one occurred last time before deleted, the history may not record the current
failure.

170
15. Floor drying
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.
• This function is used for drying concrete etc.
• Service personnel must operate the unit after setting the related DN code.
• Operation is not started unless All the related DN codes are set.
• Refer to the following for the settings of the related items. Please setup on the responsibility for an installer. An
unsuitable setup may cause a crack of concrete etc.
• When the operation starts, the unit operates as follows.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select "Floor drying" on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the [ ] button for 4 seconds or Test mode
longer. Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
DN_14 setting start and End temperature [20-55°C]
Alarm history
DN_15 setting Max temperature [20-55°C]
DN_16 continuation days for every step up to Max temperature [1-7 days]
DN_17 temperature difference for every step up to Max temperature [1-10 K] SET
DN_18 continuation days for every step down to End temperature [1-7 days]
DN_19 temperature difference for every step down to End temperature [1-10 K]
DN_1A Continuation days in Max temperature [1-50 days]

setting temperature
°C
50
49
48
47
DN_1A
46
DN_15 45
44
43 DN_19
DN_18
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33 DN_17
32
DN_16
31
DN_14 30
29
28
27
26
25
24
:
:
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Day

lapsed days

total days

3 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select DN or Data, then press the Floor drying
[ ]/[ ] button to set the value. Code
(DN) Data

FIX

4 Press the [ ] button. The set value is registered.

171
To start the operation

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Floor drying” on the FIELD SETTING MENU(1/2)
FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the [ ] button. Test mode
Floor drying
Forced defrosting
Information input
Alarm history

SET

3 Press the [ ] button to select the ON, then press the [ ] Floor drying
button.
• Check the total days for Floor drying operation, then press [ ] button. ON
The mark and mark appears on the Top screen. OFF

FIX

4 Start the heating operation on the top screen. MON

• Then ZONE1 mark blinks during Floor drying operation and lapsed days
are displayed. ZONE1 HOT WATER

HEAT/COOL HOT WATER

• If some abnormalities occur during Floor drying operation, the System stops and Alarm history screen is
displayed.
• After heating operation is stopped by operating the remote controller during Floor drying operation, if heating
operation is again started within 30 minutes, Floor drying operation is started from the time of stopping.

172
16. Power consumption
• Shows latest power consumption.
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Power consumption” MENU(2/2)

on the MENU screen, then press the [ ] button. Anti bacteria
Frost protection
Setting
Information
Power consumption

SET

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to change display pattern. Power Consumption(Day1)

10 Today Yesterday
kWh

Power Consumption(Day2)
10 Today Last week
kWh

Power Consumption(Week)
10 This week Last week
kWh

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

173
17. Reset power consumption data
• This function is available only for the header remote controller.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Reset power FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
consumption data” on the FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the Service monitor
[ ] button. Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Press the [ ] button, then power consumption data is cleared. Reset power consumption data

Do you want to reset data?

YES NO

174
18. Sensor information
• Shows the value of sensor.

1 Press the [ ] button and the [ ] button at same time for 4

seconds or longer on the top screen to display the “FIELD SETTING
MENU”.

2 Press the [ ]/[ ] button to select “Sensor information” on FIELD SETTING MENU(2/2)
the FIELD SETTING MENU, then press the [ ] button. Service monitor
Hydro Unit DN
Remote controller DN
Reset power consumption data
Sensor information

SET

3 Select display number. Sensor information(1/2)

• Display 1 is Hydro Unit sensor TC 30°C LPS 1.2MPa

• Display 2 is Outdoor Unit sensor TWI 30°C TTW 45°C

TWO 35°C TFI 30°C
THO 35°C RT 20°C
WF 23.0 L/min MIX 10step
RETURN
YES NO

Sensor information(2/2)
TO 16°C CMP 90Hz
TD 80°C FAN1 600rpm
TE 12°C FAN2 600rpm
TS 15°C PMV 250pls
CT 15.0A HPS 4.0MPa
RETURN
YES NO

175
Outdoor unit
19. Outdoor Unit Setting
19-1. Refrigerant recovery control
Although HFC refrigerant is "Ozone depletion potential = 0", emission control is applied to it as a greenhouse effect
gas.
This model has a switch for the outdoor unit to perform an environment-friendly refrigerant recovery operation
(pump down) when the model is replaced or discarded.

[How to operate]

1 Remove the water in the hydro unit.

(With the water remained in the hydro unit, performing
refrigerant recovery may freeze the water and burst the
unit.) *1
2 Confirm the LED display of the outdoor unit shows the initial
state. If not then please return it to the initial state (*2). Push
and hold down SW01 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start
slowly flashing. Push SW01 several times until the LED
display becomes as follows. Push SW02, then D805 will
start flashing. Push and hold down SW02 for at least 5
seconds. D804 will start slow flashing and D805 will change LED displays Service switches
to on. The air to water heat pump enters the forced cooling
mode.
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

3 After 3 minutes has passed, close the liquid-side valve.

4 After the refrigerant recovery is completed, close the gas-side valve.
5 Press and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds to stop operation.

*1: If can not remove the water

Operate the circulation pump, to prevent freezing.
1.Turn off the power. (hydro and outdoor unit)
2.Set DIP_SW705-3 “ON” on the hydro control board.
3.Turn on the power. (hydro and outdoor unit)
4.Rotate the rotary SW700 to position “1” and press tactile switch SW703 for 5 sec, or longer.
5.Rotating the rotary SW700 to position “F”.
6.If you finish refrigerant recovery operation, set DIP_SW705_3 “OFF”.

*2: Hold down the SW01 and SW02 simultaneously for at least 5 seconds.

176
19-2. Service support functions (LED indication, Switch operation method)
The following settings are available with switches.

(1) Overview
Using 2 push-button switches (SW01, SW02) can make settings available and confirm operations.

For operation
Part number Specification Operation details
SW01 Press button switch This switch switches the indications of LED (D800 to D804) on the outdoor control board.
SW02 Press button switch This switch enables users to perform a special operation for maintenance and inspection.

For display
Part number Specification Operation details
Yellow LED Abnormality indication
D800 to D804 The lit status of any of D800 to D804 indicates that the outdoor control unit detects an
abnormality.
Green LED Energization indication
D805 This LED lights when the outdoor unit is energized.
During a special operation this LED flashes.
Note: All the LEDs have no colour when off.

177
(2) LED indication switching
(2) -1. Abnormality indication

▼HWT-401HW-E, HWT-601HW-E, HWT-801H(R)W-E, HWT-1101H(R)W-E

Diagnostic Procedure for Each Check Code (Outdoor Unit)

1) This section describes the diagnostic method for each check code displayed on the wired remote controller.
2) In some cases, a check code indicates multiple symptoms.
In this case, confirm the LED display of the outdoor unit to narrow the contents to be confirmed.
3) The check code on the remote controller is displayed only when the same trouble occurred continuously by
multiple times while the LED display of the outdoor unit displays even an trouble which occurred once.
Therefore the display on the remote controller may differ from that of LED.

How to check the LED display on the outdoor PC board

[Service switch operation]
Currently occurring trouble indication
If any of D800 to D804 is rapidly flashing, it indicates currently occurring trouble. If any of D800 to D804 is slowly
flashing or D805 is flashing then press and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
Currently occurring trouble will be indicated.

D800 (YEL) D801 (YEL) D802 (YEL) D803 (YEL) D804 (YEL) D805 (GRN)
No trouble
Trouble detected
(Example. Discharge temp. sensor trouble)
(Refer to (2) -1-1.Current trouble indication)
: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)
Latest trouble indication
• The following operation results in the latest trouble being indicated. It is retained in the memory and hence can
be confirmed even when the power supply has been turned off.

1) Confirm D800 to D804 are off (or rapidly flashing) and that D805 is lit up. If D800 to D804 are slowly flashing
or D805 is flashing then push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
D800 to D804 will turn off (or be rapidly flashing) and D805 will change to on.
2) Push SW01 several times until reaching the LED indication (D800 to D805) of ‘Latest (including current)
trouble indication’.
3) Push SW02. The latest trouble will be indicated.
4) Confirm to carry out step 1) to set the LEDs to the initial state (current occurring trouble) when finished and
then exit.

Latest (including current) trouble indication

D800 (YEL) D801 (YEL) D802 (YEL) D803 (YEL) D804 (YEL) D805 (GRN)
Trouble detected
(Example. Discharge temp. sensor trouble)
(Refer to (2) -1-2.Latest (including current)
trouble indication)

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

178
(2) -1-1.Current trouble indication
LED indication Wired remote
Name of trouble
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 control trouble code
Normal —
Discharge temp. sensor (TD) trouble F04
Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TE) trouble F06
Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TL) trouble F07
Outside temp. sensor (TO) trouble F08
Suction temp. sensor (TS) trouble F12
Heat sink temp. sensor (TH) trouble F13
Miswiring of heat exchanger temp. sensor (TE, TS) F15
Low pressure sensor (Ps) trouble F23
EEPROM trouble F31
Compressor break down H01
Compressor lock H02
Current detection circuit trouble H03
Case thermostat operation H04
Low pressure protective operation H06
Unset model type L10
Communication trouble between MCUs L29
Discharge temp. trouble P03
High pressure SW operation P04
Power supply trouble P05
Heat sink overheat trouble P07
Gas leak detection P15
4-way valve reversal trouble P19
High pressure protective operation P20
Fan system trouble P22
Short-circuit of compressor drive element P26
Compressor motor position detection circuit trouble P29
High pressure sensor (Pd) trouble F24
Combination failure between the hydro unit L15
: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

179
(2) -1-2.Latest (including current) trouble indication
LED indication
Name of trouble
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805
Normal
Discharge temp. sensor (TD) trouble
Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TE) trouble
Heat exchanger temp. sensor (TL) trouble
Outside temp. sensor (TO) trouble
Suction temp. sensor (TS) trouble
Heat sink temp. sensor (TH) trouble
Miswiring of heat exchanger temp. sensor (TE, TS)
Low pressure sensor (Ps) trouble
EEPROM trouble
Compressor break down
Compressor lock
Current detection circuit trouble
Case thermostat operation
Low pressure protective operation
Unset model type
Communication trouble between MCUs
Discharge temp. trouble
High pressure SW operation
Power supply trouble
Heat sink overheat trouble
Gas leak detection
4-way valve reversal trouble
High pressure protective operation
Fan system trouble
Short-circuit of compressor drive element
Compressor motor position detection circuit trouble
High pressure sensor (Pd) trouble
Combination failure between the hydro unit
: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec) : Flash (1 time/sec)

180
(2)-2. Sensor, Current, Compressor operation frequency, PMV position indication
The values detected by controller, such as temperature sensor or current values, can be easily checked.

[Method of Operation]
1) Confirm D800 to D804 are off (or rapidly flashing) and that D805 is lit up. If D800 to D804 are slowly flashing
or D805 is flashing then push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
D800 to D804 will turn off (or be rapidly flashing) and D805 will change to on.
2) Push SW01 several times until the LED indication (D800 to D805) reaches the desired display item (Refer to
(2) -2-1.).

(2) -2-1.
L ED d i s p l ay Co n t r o l c o n t en t
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Trouble indication (Current trouble)
Displays the current trouble.
Will not appear if no trouble has occurred. (Refer to (2)-1-1)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Trouble indication (Latest trouble: latest and including current trouble)
Previous trouble can be checked using this setting, for example, after
previous trouble has been resolved (and even after the power has been turned off).
* If trouble is currently occurring then the same content will be displayed.

D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Discharge temperature sensor (TD) indication
Displays the discharge temperature sensor (TD) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE) indication
Displays the outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TL) indication
Displays the outdoor heat exchanger sensor (TL) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Inlet temperature sensor (TS) indication.
Displays the inlet temperature sensor (TS) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Outside temperature sensor (TO) indication.
Displays the outside temperature sensor (TO) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Heat sink temperature sensor (TH) indication.
Displays the heat sink temperature sensor (TH) value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Current indication.
Displays the outdoor unit current sensor (CT) detected value.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Compressor operation frequency indication.
Displays the operating frequency of the compressor.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 PMV opening indication.
Displays the degree to which the PMV is open.
(Refer to (2)-2-2)

D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Indoor suction temperature sensor (TA) indication.
Displays the indoor suction temperature sensor (TA) value.
TA = TWI (Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Indoor heat exchange temperature sensor (TC) indication.
Displays the indoor heat exchange temperature sensor (TC) value.
Heating, hot water supply: TC = TWO + 2
Cooling: TC = TWO (Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 Indoor heat exchanger sensor (TCJ) indication.
Displays the indoor heat exchanger sensor (TCJ) value.
TCJ is actual water heat exchange temperature (TC) sensor
value. (Refer to (2)-2-2)
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 _
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 _
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 High pressure sensor (Pd) indication.
Displays the High pressure sensor (Pd) value.

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

181
3) Push SW02 to switch to the desired display item (Refer to (2) -2-2.).
4) To access the other display items repeat steps 1) to 3).
5) Before exiting ensure to perform step 1) and set the LED to the initial state (current abnormality indication).

(2) -2-2.
LED indication Compressor Degree of PMV
Temperature Current Pressure
D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 (˚C) (A) frequency opening (MPa)
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRN) (rps) (pls)
Less than -25 0~ 0~ 0 ~ 19 0~
-25 ~ 1~ 5~ 20 ~ 39 0.2 ~
-20 ~ 2~ 10 ~ 40 ~ 59 0.4 ~
-15 ~ 3~ 15 ~ 60 ~ 79 0.6 ~
-10 ~ 4~ 20 ~ 80 ~ 99 0.8 ~
-5 ~ 5~ 25 ~ 100 ~ 119 1.0 ~
0~ 6~ 30 ~ 120 ~ 139 1.2 ~
5~ 7~ 35 ~ 140 ~ 159 1.4 ~
10 ~ 8~ 40 ~ 160 ~ 179 1.6 ~
15 ~ 9~ 45 ~ 180 ~ 199 1.8 ~
20 ~ 10 ~ 50 ~ 200 ~ 219 2.0 ~
25 ~ 11 ~ 55 ~ 220 ~ 239 2.2 ~
30 ~ 12 ~ 60 ~ 240 ~ 259 2.4 ~
35 ~ 13 ~ 65 ~ 260 ~ 279 2.6 ~
40 ~ 14 ~ 70 ~ 280 ~ 299 2.8 ~
45 ~ 15 ~ 75 ~ 300 ~ 319 3.0 ~
50 ~ 16 ~ 80 ~ 320 ~ 339 3.2 ~
55 ~ 17 ~ 85 ~ 340 ~ 359 3.4 ~
60 ~ 18 ~ 90 ~ 360 ~ 379 3.6 ~
65 ~ 19 ~ 95 ~ 380 ~ 399 3.8 ~
70 ~ 20 ~ 100 ~ 400 ~ 419 4.0 ~
75 ~ 21 ~ 105 ~ 420 ~ 439 4.2 ~
80 ~ 22 ~ 110 ~ 440 ~ 459 4.4 ~
85 ~ 23 ~ 115 ~ 460 ~ 479 4.6 ~
90 ~ 24 ~ 120 ~ 480 ~ 499 4.8 ~
95 ~ 25 ~ 125 ~ 500 5.0 ~
100 ~ 26 ~ 130 ~ — 5.2 ~
105 ~ 27 ~ 135 ~ — 5.4 ~
110 ~ 28 ~ 140 ~ — 5.6 ~
115 ~ 29 ~ 145 ~ — 5.8 ~
120 ~ 30 ~ 150 ~ — 6.0 ~
Sensor trouble 31 or more 155 or more — 6.2 or more
: Off : Light : Flash (1 time/sec)

182
(3) Special operation for maintenance and inspection

[Method of Operation]
1) Confirm the LED display shows the initial state. If not then return it to the initial state.
2) Push and hold down SW01 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly flashing.
3) Push SW01 until reaching the LED display function you wish to set.

Special
L ED d i s p l ay Co n t r o l c o n t en t
operations
Refrigerant D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 The outdoor unit performs cooling operations. The indoor units do not
recovery operate with just this operation and hence do any pump only operations in
operation advance.
PMV fully D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) fully opens. Perform step 6) below or returns to
open operation normal control after 2 minutes.
(→ Note 1)
PMV fully D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) fully closes. Perform step 6) below or returns to
close normal control after 2 minutes.
operation (→ Note 1)
PMV D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Sets the PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) to intermediate open (250 pulses).
intermediate Perform step 6) below or returns to normal control after 2 minutes.
open operation (→ Note 1)
Indoor heating D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Performs a heating test run. Carrying out step 6) below returns to normal
test command control.
(→ Note 2)
Indoor cooling D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Performs a cooling test run. Carrying out step 6) below returns to normal
test command control.
(→ Note 2)
Forced fan D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Forcibly operates the fan motor. Perform step 6) below or returns to normal
motor control after 2 minutes.
operation (→ Note 1)
4 way valve D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Forces the 4 way valve to move to the heating position.
position operation After 15 seconds returns to normal control.
(Heating position) (→ Note 1)
4 way valve D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Forces the 4 way valve to move to the cooling position.
position operation After 15 seconds returns to normal control.
(Cooling position) (→ Note 1)
INJ_2-way valve D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Forces the INJ_2-way valve to move to the opposite position to the
opening / closing current position. After 2 minutes returns to normal control.
(801 / 1101) (→ Note 1)
Heater output D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 Turns on the heater output relay.
relay operation
(→ Note 2)

: Off : Light : Flash (5 times/sec)

Note 1: The operations can take place while the equipment is on but it is better if it has been turned off first. A
sudden change in pressure could occur while the operations are taking place, which can be dangerous.
Note 2: Trial indoor cooling operation request/trial indoor heating operation request

Caution) Forced test operations using this setting cannot be cancelled using the indoor remote control.
Refer to (6) below.

4) Push SW02, and D805 will start rapidly flashing.

5) Push and hold down SW02 for at least 5 seconds. D804 will start slowly flashing and D805 will turn on and
the special operation will take effect.
6) To invalidate any of the various settings push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least
5 seconds. D800 to D804 will be off (or rapidly flashing) and D805 lit up (initial state: current trouble indication)
and the special operation will have been disabled (normal control).
* If any uncertainty arises then push and hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at least 5 seconds.
You will return to step 1).

183
10 Replacement of the service PC board
WARNING
Don't open the PC board cover before 1 minute after power has been turned off beacuse an electric shock may be occurred.

In the case of replacing the PC board, also confirm the chapter “11 How to exchange main parts”.

1. Hydro unit
■ Setting the DN code (MCC-1753)
In the memory of the Hydro unit Main PC board before replacement, the type and the capacity code of the model
have been stored at the factory, and the customer setup data have been stored after installation.
Set the DN code according to the “PC board replacement Procedure Manual” which included in the package of the
service PC board.

2. Outdoor unit
■ Setting the jumper wires (MCC-1768, MCC-1675)
Since the service PC board is available for several models, cut the jumper wires according to the “PC board
replacement Procedure Manual” which included in the package of the service PC board.
If they are not cut correctly, a certain error code appears on the remote controller and the operation is disabled.

184
11 How to exchange main parts
WARNING
<Turn off the power breaker>
Because the electrical components are energized with high voltage, always turn off the power breaker before
starting to work.
<Check>
Ensure that no water pressure is present when replacing the water circuit (circulation pump, heater unit, flow sensor, etc).
After a repair is complete, perform a test run (after attaching the front panel, upper and lower cabinets, and side cabinet)
and check that no abnormality including smoke or abnormal noise occurs. Failure to do so may cause a fire or an electric
shock. Place the cabinets before making a test run.
<Watch out for fire>
Observe the following instructions when repairing the refrigerant cycle.
(1) Watch out for surrounding fire. Always put out the fire of stove burner or other devices before starting the repair.
Should the fire fail to be put out, the oil mixed with refrigerant gas could catch fire.
(2) Do not use a welder in a closed room.
A room with no ventilation may cause carbon monoxide poisoning.
(3) Keep away flammable materials.
The materials may catch the fire of a welder.

CAUTION
<Wear gloves>
Wear gloves (∗) when performing repair.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when accidentally contacting the parts.
∗: Thick gloves such as cotton work gloves

1. Hydro Unit
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
1 Common procedure
Wear gloves when performing the work.
Failure to do so may cause an injury when
accidentally contacting the parts.

Front panel 1. How to remove

Front panel
1) Stop the hydro unit operation, and turn off the power
breaker.
2) Remove the front panel.
(Ø4 × 4, 4 screws)
3) Remove the electrical control box cover (lower).
(Ø4 × 4, 2 screws)
Electrical control box 4) Disconnect the power source cable, outdoor unit
cover (lower) connecting cable and hot water cylinder cable from
the terminal block.
5) Remove the electrical control box cover (upper). Electrical control
Electrical control box (Ø4 × 4, 2 screws) box cover (lower)
cover (upper) 6) Disconnect the remote controller connecting cable
from the Relay connector of the terminal block
(TB04).

2. How to attach
1) Connect the remote controller connecting cable to Electrical control
the terminal block (TB04). box cover (upper)
2) Attach the electrical control box cover (upper).
3) Connect the power source cable and outdoor unit
connecting cable to the terminal block, and fix with
the cord clamp.
4) Attach the electrical control box cover (lower).
5) Attach the front panel.

185
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
2 Remote controller 1.How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Remove the remote controller from the holder using
a flat-blade screwdriver. (Release the stopper.)
3) Disconnect the remote controller cable from the
mote
Remote
terminal block on the back side of the remote troller
controller
controller.

2.How to attach
1) Attach it in the reverse order of the removal.

Remote
controller holder
3 Water heat exchange 1. Main board (MCC-1753)
control board Detachment (Main board) Supporters
1) Perform the step 1-1.
WARNING
Screw Main
For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not board
disassemble the inverter to prevent an electric shock.

2) Remove all connectors connected to the main board

Supporters
and a screw. (Ø4 × 6, 1 screw)
3) Detach the main board from 5 supporters. Sub
board
NOTE
When removing the connectors, release the safety lock Screw
of the housing.

Attachment (Main board)

Attach the new main board in the reverse process of
“Detachment (Main board)”.

NOTE
Refer to the wiring diagram for connector connections.

2. Sub board (MCC-1755)

Detachment (Sub board)
1) Perform the step 1-1.
WARNING
For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not
disassemble the inverter to prevent an electric shock.

2) Remove all connectors connected to the sub board

and a screw. (Ø4 × 6, 1 screw)
3) Detach the sub board from 5 supporters.

NOTE
When removing the connectors, release the safety lock
of the housing.

Attachment (Sub board)

Attach the new Sub board in the reverse process of
“Detachment (Sub board)”.

NOTE
Refer to the wiring diagram for connector connections.

186
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
4 Electric parts 1. How to remove
assembly 1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Disconnect the connectors and lead cables
connected to other parts from the water heat
exchanger board.

NOTE
When removing the connector, release the safety lock of
the housing.

3) Remove the fixed screws.

(Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)

Electric parts assembly

5 Side board 1. Side board (Right)

Side board (Right)
1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3), 4), 5).
2) Remove the fixed screws of the side board (Right).
(Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)

2. Side board (Left)

1) Remove the fixed screws of the side board (Left).
(Ø4 × 8, 4 screws)

Side board (Left)

187
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
6 Upper board 1) Perform the step 1-1-1), 2), 3), 4), 5).
2) Remove the fixed screws of the upper board. Upper
Upperboard
(Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)

7 Bottom board 1) Perform step1-1, step 5.

2) Remove the fixed screws of the bottom board.
(Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
Removal is required if water and refrigerant piping
are connected.

Bottom board

188
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
8 Expansion vessel
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water Rotating the
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe overpressure-
Expansion vessel preventive valve
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1, step 4, step 5-1, step 6.

2) Remove the Intermediate fixing plate. Quick
(Ø4 × 8, 7 screws) The
he fixing fastener
faste
3) Remove the quick fastener at the Expansion vessel tank
nk plate
connection port.
Remove the connection port of the expansion
vessel by rotating the overpressure preventive
valve.
4) Remove the fixing tank plate.
(Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
5) Remove the Expansion vessel.
The Intermediate
When installing the expansion vessel, please attach fixing plate
the waterproof seal at the water connection.

After the expansion vessel replacement repair,

open the water supply source valve and water
piping valve to pass water through the hydro unit, When installing the
and check that the expansion vessel connection has expansion vessel, please
no water leakage. attach the waterproof seal
at the water connection.

9 Overpressure
preventive valve To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe Quick fastener
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5-1.

2) Remove the tube connecting Overpressure
preventive valve by cutting the cable-tie.
3) Remove the two quick fastener.
4) Remove the Overpressure preventive valve.

The Overpressure preventive valve connection

uses an O ring for water seal. Be careful not to
scratch the O ring; otherwise, water leakage may Overpressure
occur. preventive valve

After the Overpressure preventive valve The tube connecting

Overpressure
replacement repair, open the water supply source preventive valve
valve and water piping valve to pass water through
the hydro unit, and check that the Overpressure
preventive valve connection has no water leakage.

10 Air vent valve

To replace a water circuit part, first close the water Air vent valve
Air vent valve
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5-1.

2) Remove the quick fastener connecting the Air vent
valve.
3) Remove the Air vent valve.

The Air vent valve connection uses an O ring for

water seal. Be careful not to scratch the O ring;
otherwise, water leakage may occur.

After the air vent valve replacement repair, open the

water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that
the air vent valve connection has no water leakage.

189
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
11 Pump
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5-1.
2) Remove the connector and wire of the Pump from Quick
electrical parts assembly. fasteners
(CN200 on the PCB MCC-1753 and CN07 on the
PCB MCC-1755, one ground wire on E-BOX) Quick
3) Remove the following parts around the pump. fasteners
• Pump cover (attached with double-sided tape)
• The pipe-cover above the pump (the cable-tie)
• The fixing-band (Ø4 × 8, 2 screws)
• The four quick fastener
4) Remove the water-pipe assembly containing the
pump from the product.
5) Remove the pump. Fixing-band

2. How to attach
1) Attach a new pump in the reverse order of the
removal.

After the pump replacement repair, open the water Pump cover Pipe cover
supply source valve and water piping valve to pass
water through the hydro unit, and check that the
pump connection has no water leakage.

Water-pipe
assembly

Pump

190
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
12 Flow sensor
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 5-1.
2) Remove the quick fasteners connecting the flow
sensor.
3) Remove the flow sensor.

The flow sensor connection uses an O ring for water

seal. Be careful not to scratch the O ring; otherwise,
water leakage may occur.

2. How to attach
1) Attach a new flow sensor in the reverse order of the
removal.
Flow sensor
NOTE
As shown on the right, connect the flow sensor
according to the water flow direction.
Water flow
Flow sensor direction
After the flow sensor replacement repair, open the
water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that
the flow sensor connection has no water leakage.

13 Manometer
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1.
2) Remove the manometer.
(by removing the quick fastener)

After the manometer replacement repair, open the

water supply source valve and water piping valve to
pass water through the hydro unit, and check that
the manometer connection has no water leakage.

Manometer

191
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
14 Heater assembly
To replace a water circuit part, first close the water Exit quick fastener
supply source valve and the valve of water pipe
connected to the hydro unit.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 4, step5-1, step 6,
step 8-2)
2) Perform the step 11-2) ~ 4).
3) Remove the inlet and exit quick fasteners.
4) Remove the fixing heater assembly plate.
(Ø4 × 8, 5 screws)
5) Remove the Heater assembly.

2. How to attach
1) Attach a new heater in the reverse order of the
removal.

After the heater assembly replacement repair, open Inlet quick Fixing heater
the water supply source valve and water piping fastener assembly plate
valve to pass water through the hydro unit, and
check that the heater connection has no water
leakage.

Heater
assembly
Fixing heater
assembly plate

15 TC sensor 1. How to remove

TWI sensor 1) Perform the step 1-1, step 4, step 8-2).
TWO sensor 2) Take the sensor out.
THO sensor

THO sensor
Sensor diameter: Ø6
Tube color: Yellow

TWO sensor
Sensor diameter: Ø6
Tube color: Red

TWI sensor
TC sensor Sensor diameter: Ø4
Sensor diameter: Ø6 Tube color: Blue
Tube color: Black

192
No. Exchange parts name Work procedure Remarks
16 Water heat
exchanger assembly • Close the water piping source valve and the valve
of water pipe connected to the hydro unit, and
then remove the refrigerant and water piping.
• Perform refrigerant recovery with the outdoor
unit.
• Disconnect all the power source cable, outdoor
unit connection cable, and cylinder connection Tape
cable.

1. How to remove
1) Perform the step 1-1, step 4, step 5, step 7 and step
8-2).
2) Remove the two insulations attached to the Water
heat exchanger by peeling off the tape.
3) Disconnect the water heat exchanger and the Insulations
Heater assemnbly.
(The connection is the quick fastener covered with
a pipe cover)
4) Remove the Water heat exchanger fixing plate.
Water heat
(Ø5 × 10, 3 screws)
exchanger
5) Remove the water heat exchanger assembly. fixing plate

Install the following parts in the new Water heat

exchanger assembly.
• The insulations removed in the step 2)
• The Water heat exchanger fixing plate removed
in 6)
(Remove from the old Water heat exchanger
assembly. (two nuts)
The tightening torque of the nut is 6N.)

The heater connection uses a packing for water

seal. Be careful not to scratch the packing;
otherwise, water leakage may occur.
Connection covered
2. How to attach with the pipe-cover
1) Attach a new water heat exchanger assembly in the (Water heat exchanger
reverse order of the removal. and Heater assembly)
2) Restore all piping and wiring as in the original state,
and check that there is no water or refrigerant
leakage.
Water heat
Water heat exchanger
• After the water heat exchanger assembly fixing plate
exchanger
replacement repair, open the water supply source assembly
valve and water piping source valve to pass
water through the hydro unit, and check that the
connection has no water leakage.
• After connecting the refrigerant pipe, check that Nut
the connection has no refrigerant leakage.

Insulations

Insulations

193
2. Outdoor Unit
2-1. HWT-401HW-E(TR), HWT-601HW-E(TR)
Exchange
No. parts name Work procedure Remarks

Common 1. Detachment
procedure
NOTE
Wear gloves for this job.
Otherwise, you may injure your
hands on the parts, etc.
Valve cover
1) Stop operation of the air conditioner,
and turn off the main switch of the
breaker for air conditioner.
2) Remove the valve cover.
(Φ4 × 10, 3screws)
• After removing screw, remove the
valve cover pulling it downward.
3) Remove the wiring cover.
(Φ4 × 10, 1screw)
• After removing screw, remove the
wiring cover pulling it upward.
Wiring cover
4) Remove cord clamp
(Φ4 × 14, 3screws) Cord clamp
and then remove connecting cable.
Remove the upper cabinet.
(Φ4 × 10, 5screws) Upper cabinet
• After removing screws, remove the
upper cabinet pulling it upward.

2. Attachment
1) Attach the water-proof cover.

NOTE
The water-proof cover must be
Front cabinet Water-proof cover
attached without fail in order to
prevent rain water, etc. from entering
inside the indoor unit. These 2 bending
parts shall be
put inside of a unit
2) Attach the upper cabinet. by bending
(Φ4 × 10, 5screws) these 2 ports.
3) Perform cabling of connecting cable,
This part shall be
and attach the cord clamp. put on
• Fix the cord clamp by tightening the the side cabinet.
screws (Φ4 × 14, 3screws)
fitting 2 concave parts of the cord Fit the corner of
the water
clamp to each connecting cables.
proof cover to
This line shall
the corner of
4) Attach the valve cover. be parallel to
the front cabinet.
(Φ4 × 10, 2screws) the front cabinet
• Insert the upper part into the square This part shall cover the
hole of the side cabinet, set hook gap between the inverter
box and the front cabinet.
claws of the valve cover to square
holes (at three positions) of the main
unit, and attach it pushing upward. How to mount the water-proof cover

194
Exchange Work procedure
parts name
Front cabinet 1.
1) Perform step 1 in .
2) Remove the fixing screws (Φ4 × 10,
2screws) used to secure the front cabinet
and inverter cover, the screws
(Φ4 × 10, 4screws) used to secure
the front cabinet at the bottom, and the
fixing screws (Φ4 × 10, 2screws) Corner hole
used to secure the motor base.
• The front cabinet is fitted into the side Hock
cabinet (left) at the front left side so pull
up the top of the front cabinet to remove
it.

2.
1) Insert the claw on the front left side into
the side cabinet (left).
2) Hook the bottom part of the front right side
onto the concave section of the bottom Corner hole Hock
plate. Insert the claw of the side cabinet
(right) into the square hole in the front
cabinet.
3) Return the screws that were removed
above to their original positions and attach
them.

195
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
Inverter “Detachment (Inverter)”
assembly 1) Perform the step 1-1
2) Remove screws (Φ4 × 10, 2screws) of the
upper part of the front cabinet.
3) Remove screws (Φ4 x 10, 4screws) fixing
terminal part of inverter box to the side
cabinet (right).

4) Remove the front cabinet by performing step

1-2, and remove the fixing screw (Φ4 x 10)
for securing the partition plate and the
inverter box.

5) Remove the fixing screw (Φ4 × 10) securing

PL-COVER-PCB and the inverter box.

6) Remove the fixing screws (Φ4 × 10, 2screws)

for securing the motor base and the inverter
box.

7) Remove various lead wires from the holder

at upper part of the inverter box.
8) Cut Binding bands that fix the leads.
9) Pull the inverter box upward.
10) Disconnect connectors of various lead wires.
11) Remove the inverter.

Requirement
As each connectors have a lock mechanism,
avoid to remove the connector by holding
the lead wire, but by holding the connector.

“Leads”
• Lead connected to compressor: Disconnect the
connector (3P).
• Lead connected to reactor: Disconnect the two
connectors (2P).

“Connectors”
CN300: Outdoor fan motor (3P: white)
CN500: Bimetal thermostat (2P: blue)
CN501: High pressure switch (2P: green)
CN600: TE sensor (2P: white)
CN601: TD sensor (3P: white)
CN602: TO sensor (2P: yellow)
CN603: TS sensor (3P: white)
CN604: TL sensor (2P: white)
CN700: PMV (6P: white)
CN704: 4 Way valve (2P: white)

“Attachment (Inverter)”
Inverter box
Attach new inverter in the reverse process of
“Detachment (Inverter)”. PL-COVER-PCB
Partition plate

196
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
Inverter “How to check outdoor control board”
assembly 1) Perform the steps up to 2) in “Detachment
(Inverter)”.
2) Remove the fixing screws (Φ4 × 10,
2screws) for securing the motor base and the
inverter box.
• If there is no space above the unit, perform the
step 1-2.
WARNING
Be careful to check the inverter because
high-voltage circuit is incorporated in it.

3) Perform discharging by connecting ,

polarity by discharging resistance (approx.
Binding bands
100Ω40W) or plug of soldering iron to ,
terminals of C10 (printed “WARNING HIGH
VOLTAGE” is attached.) electrolytic capacitor
(500μF) on P.C. board.

WARNING
Be careful to discharge the capacitor
because the electrolytic capacitor cannot
naturally discharge and voltage remains
according to trouble type in some cases.

NOTE
This capacitor is one with mass capacity. Be sure to remove the connector by
Therefore, it is dangerous that a large spark holding the connector, not by pulling
generates if short-circuiting between , . the lead wire.

197
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
Control board “Detachment (outdoor control board)”
assembly 1) Remove the screws (Φ4 × 10, 2screws) fixing
inverter box and P.C. board base.
2) Remove the earth screw fixing inverter box and P.C. board
earth lead. base hook

And remove the inverter box.

NOTE
Use a flat-blade screwdriver to remove the inverter
box from P.C. board base hook.
Be careful not to break that the hook when use the
flat-blade screwdriver.

3) Remove the outdoor control board from the P.C.

board base. (Remove the heat sink and the
outdoor control board assembly while keeping
them screwed together.)
NOTE
Disengage hooks of the P.C. board base, hold the
heat sink, and lift to remove it.

4) Remove the two fixing screws (Φ4 × 8, 2screws)

used to secure the heat sink and sub heat sink.
And remove the heat sink.
“Attachment (outdoor control board)”
Attach the new outdoor control board in the reverse
process of “Detachment”.

NOTE
When mounting new outdoor control board,
confirm that outdoor control board is inserted
properly into the P.C. board base.
Coat the heat sink on the outdoor board with the
heat sink silicone uniformly before installing the
heat sink.
Please following below tighten torque of screws.

Tightening torque

Heat sink Sub heat sink 1.3-1.5 N M

Earth screw 0.8-0.9 N M

198
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
Side cabinet 1. Side cabinet (right) Side cabinet (right)
1) Perform step 1 in and all the steps
in .
2) Remove the fixing screw (Φ4 × 10, Valve
3screws) used for securing the side fixing plate
cabinet (right) to the bottom plate and A
valve fixing panel.
2. Side cabinet (left)
1) Perform step 1 in .
Bottom plate
2) Remove the fixing screw (Φ4 × 10,
3screws) used for securing the side
cabinet to the bottom plate and heat
exchanger.

Side cabinet (left)

Bottom plate

Side cabinet (right) Side cabinet (right) Hock Side cabinet (left)

Hock Hock

Bottom B C
plate Detail B Detail C

Bottom plate
Side cabinet (right) Side cabinet (left)
Bottom
plate

Fan motor 1) Perform step 1 in and all steps in .

2) Remove the flange nut fixing the fan motor Propeller
fan
and the propeller.
• Flange nut is loosened by turning clock- Fan
wise. (To tighten the flange nut, turn motor
counterclockwise.)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Disconnect the connector for fan motor
from the inverter. Motor
Bottom
5) Remove the fixing screws (4 screws) plate base
holding by hands so that the fan motor does
not fall.
* Precautions when assembling the fan
motor
Tighten the flange nut using a tightening
torque of 4.9 N•m.

199
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
Compressor 1) Perform work of item 1 of Partition
board
and , , , .
2) Extract refrigerant gas. Compressor
3) Remove the partition plate.
(Φ4 × 10, 4screws)
4) Remove the sound-insulation material.
Valve
5) Remove terminal cover of the compressor, fixing plate
and disconnect lead wire of the compressor
from the terminal.

NOTE
Never reuse the compressor lead which you
disconnected. Use the new one. If you reuse
it, it may malfunction.

6) Remove pipe connected to the compressor

with a burner.
• Take care to keep the 4-way valve away
from naked flames. (Otherwise, it may
malfunction.)
7) Remove the fixing screw of the bottom plate
and heat exchanger. (Φ4 × 10, 1screw)
8) Remove the fixing screw of the bottom plate
and valve fixing plate.
(Φ4 × 10, 2screws)
9) Pull upward the refrigeration cycle.
10) Remove NUT (3 pcs.) fixing the
compressor to the bottom plate.

Reactor 1) Perform work of item 1 of , and . Partition plate Reactor

2) Remove screws fixing the reactors.
(Φ4 × 10, 2screws)

200
 Exchange Work procedure
parts name
Electronic 1. Coil-PMV Body-PMV
expansion valve 1) Perform step 1 in , all the steps in
coil and 1 in .
2) Remove the coil by pulling it up from the
electronic control valve body. Rotate

2.
1) When assembling the coil into the valve
body, ensure that the coil anti-turn lock is
installed properly in the pipe.
Body-PMV

Hock
When handling the parts, do not pull
the leads. When removing the coil from
the valve body, use your hand to
secure the body in order to prevent the
pipe from being bent out of shape.

Coil-PMV

Fan guard Minus screwdriver Front cabinet

1) Perform work of item 1 of .
2) Remove the front cabinet, and put it down
so that fan guard side directs downward.

3) Remove the hooking claws by pushing minus Hock

screwdriver according to the arrow mark in
the right figure, and remove the fan guard.

1) Insert claws of the fan guard in the holes

of the front cabinet. Push the hooking
claws (9 positions) by hands and fix the
claws.

201
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
11 TE sensor (outdoor heat exchanging temperature sensor)
• Attachment D
Install the sensor onto the straight pipe part of the condenser
outlet pipe.

B
TE sensor lead
E

Straight part
A
C
Detail C
TE sensor

12 TS sensor (Suction pipe temperature sensor)

• Attachment
Install the sensor onto the straight pipe part of the suction
pipe. Be careful for the lead direction of the sensor.

13 TD sensor (Discharge pipe temperature sensor)

• Attachment
Install the sensor onto the straight pipe part of the discharge
pipe. Be careful for the leas direction of the sensor.

14 TO sensor (Outside air temperature sensor)

• Attachment
Insert the outdoor air temperature sensor into the holder, and
install the holder onto the heat exchanger.
TO sensor holder
TD sensor lead

TS sensor Straight
lead part

Straight
part
Detail A Detail B Detail D (back side view)
TS sensor TD sensor TO sensor

CAUTION
During the installation work (and on its completion), take care not to damage the coverings of
the sensor leads on the edges of the metal plates or other parts. It is dangerous for these
coverings to be damaged since damage may cause electric shocks and/or a fire.

CAUTION
After replacing the parts, check whether the positions where the sensors were installed are the
proper positions as instructed. The product will not be controlled properly and trouble will result
if the sensors have not been installed in their proper positions.

202
No. Exchange Work procedure Remarks
parts name
15 TL sensor (outdoor heat exchanging temperature sensor)
• Attachment
Install the sensor onto the straight pipe part of the condenser
outlet pipe.

TO sensor holder

Straight part

Detail E
TL sensor TL sensor lead

203
2-2. HWT-801HW-E(TR), HWT-1101HW-E(TR), HWT-801HRW-E, HWT-1101HRW-E

No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Common WARNING Front panel
procedures
Stop operation of the Air to water heat pump system and
Front panel turn off breaker switch.
Top cover

CAUTION
Ensure wearing of gloves when performing any work in
order to avoid injury from parts, etc.
Left claws
cl ws
claws
Right cl ws
1. Detachment
1) Stop operation of the Air to water heat pump system,
and turn off the main switch of the breaker for Air to
water heat pump system.
2) Remove the front panel. (Φ4 × 10, 3 (hexagon) screws.

(1) After removing the screws slide the front panel

downwards.
(2) Pull the front panel forwards and then loosen the
right claw. Claw
Screws
(3) Pull the front panel to the right, loosen the left claw,
and then remove the front panel.
3)Remove the terminal cover. (Φ4 × 8, 2 screws and claw)
4) Remove the power and indoor/outdoor connection
wires from the terminals.
5) Remove the top cover. (Φ4 × 10, 6 screws hexagon
screws)

2. Attachment
1) Attach the top cover. (Φ4 × 10, 6 screws hexagon screws)
2) Connect the power and indoor/outdoor connection Terminal
minal cover
c
wires to the terminal.
* If a clamp filter is attached as shown on the right, use
it as it is.

NOTE
Ground connection
The power and indoor/outdoor connection wires should be for inside and outside
fixed in place along the crossing pipes using commercially
available code clamps so as to avoid any contact with the
compressor, gas side valve, gas side piping, and Clamp filter
discharge pipe.

3) Attach the terminal cover. (Φ4 × 8, 2 screws and claw)

4) Attach the front panel. (Φ4 × 10, 3 screws hexagon
screws) Top cover

204
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Plate stay 1. Detachment Plate stay
1) Following to work of Detachment of .
2) Remove the plate stay and base plate screws.
(Φ4 × 10, 2 screws hexagon screws)
3) Remove plate stay.

2. Attachment
Attach the plate stay in the reverse process of
“1. Detachment”.

Base plate

Air-outlet 1. Detachment
cabinet Heat exchanger
1) Following to work of Detachment of and .
2) Remove the screws from the Air-outlet cabinet and
separate plate. (Φ4 × 8, 3 screws)
3) Remove the screws from the Air-outlet cabinet and
base plate. (Φ4 × 10, 2 screws hexagon screws) Motor base
4) Remove the screws from the Air-outlet cabinet and
motor base. (Φ4 × 8, 2 screws)
5) Remove the screws from the Air-outlet cabinet and
heat exchanger. (Φ4 × 8, 3 screws) Separate plate

Air-outlet
2. Attachment cabinet
Attach the Air-outlet cabinet in the reverse process of
“1. Detachment”.

Base plate

Side 1. Detachment
cabinet Heat exchanger
(right) 1) Following to work of Detachment of .
2) Remove the screws securing the inverter assembly
and side cabinet (right). (Φ4 × 8, 2 screws)
3) Remove the screws form the side cabinet (right) and
valve fixing plate. (Φ4 × 8, 2 screws)
4) Remove the screws form the side cabinet (right) and
piping panel (rear). (Φ4 × 10, 2 hexagon screws) Inverter
5) Remove the screws form the side cabinet (right) and assembly
base plate. (Φ4 × 10, 1 hexagon screw)
6) Remove the screws from the side cabinet (right) and Side cabinet
heat exchanger. (Φ4 × 10, 3 hexagon screws) (right)

2. Attachment Base plate

Attach the side cabinet (right) in the reverse process of
“1. Detachment”.
Valve fixing plate

205
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Electrical 1. Compressor, Fan IPDU (MCC-1705) Fig. 5-1
IPDU
MCC-1705) “Detachment (Compressor, Fan IPDU)”
1).Perform the step 1-1.

WARNING
For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not
disassemble the inverter to prevent an electric shock. Inverter box

2).Remove the fixed screws of inverter box.

(Φ4 × 8, 2 screws) [Fig. 5-1]
3).Cut the Binding bands (A), (B), (C), (D), (E). [Fig. 5-2]
4).Remove all connectors connected to the IPDU board
and screws. (Φ4 × 8, 3 screws Φ6 × 14, 2 screws)
[Fig. 5-3] SCREW

NOTE
When removing the connectors, release the safety lock
of the housing.
Fig. 5-2
5).Detach the IPDU board from 5 supporters and Inverter
box hooks. [Fig. 5-4]
6).Remove the screws and remove the Duct cover.
(Φ4 × 8, 4 screws) [Fig. 5-5]
7).Remove the screws and remove the heat sink duct. IPDU board
(Φ3 × 14, 3 screws) [Fig. 5-6] Binding band (A)
8).Remove the heat sink screws and remove the heat
sink. [Fig. 5-7] Binding band (B)
Binding band (C)
“Attachment (Compressor, Fan IPDU)”
Binding band (D)
Attach the new IPDU board in the reverse process of
“Detachment (Compressor, Fan IPDU)”. Binding band (E)

NOTE
Coat the heat sink on the IPDU board with the heat sink
silicone uniformly before installing the heat sink.
Fix cables with binding band as shown fig ”Fix cables with
binding band”. Fig. 5-3
Please following below tighten torque of screws. CN806
Tightening torque CN300 CN609
CN690
Heat sink screw Φ3 0.5 N • M
Screw of Φ4 1.2 N • M
Screw of Φ6 2.5 N • M CN20

CN22

Indoor supply wire

CDB supply wire

Compressor Reactor lead

lead connector connector

206
No. Exchange
parts name Remarks
Electrical
Fig. 5-4
IPDU
MCC-1705) Screw
(continued)
Supporters

Inverter box hooks

Screw Screw
Screws

Fig. 5-5 Screws Coat the heat sink.

Duct cover

Fig. 5-6 Fig. 5-7

Screws Heat sink screws

Heat sink duct

Screws

207
No. Exchange
parts name Remarks
Electrical
IPDU “Fix cables with binding band”
MCC-1705)
(continued)
[Binding band (A)] [Binding band (B)]
Fix cables. Fix cables.
(Board wires (P200, P201, P202) (Board wires (P01, P11, P12)
and connecters (CN300, CN609) and input power supply wires)

Input power supply wires

Bundle the excess

wires (P11 and P12)
as shown.

[Binding band (C)] [Binding band (D)]

Fix cables. Fix cables.
(Board wires (P20, P21, P22 - P23, (Board wires (P05, P11, P12)
P200, P201, P202) and connecters and input power supply wires)
(CN20, CN300, CN609)

Input power supply wires

[Binding band (E)]

Fix cables.
(Board wires (P20, P21, P200,
P201, P202) and connecters
(CN20, CN22)

208
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks

Electrical part 1. Interface CDB (MCC-1675) Fig. 6-1 Screws

CDB COVER-EP
MCC-1675) “Detachment (Interface CDB)”
P.C.board 1).Perform the step 1-1.

WARNING
For 1 minute after the power is turned off, do not disassem-
ble the inverter to prevent an electric shock.

2).Remove the fixed screws of the COVER-EP and remove

the COVER-EP. (Φ4 × 8, 3screws) [Fig. 6-1]
3).Remove all connectors connected to the Interface CDB.
[Fig. 6-2]
4).Detach the Interface CDB from 4 supporters. [Fig. 6-3] Fig. 6-2
CN02
NOTE CN805 CN807
(CN709)
When removing the connectors, release the safety lock of
the housing. CN604
CN707
CN603
CN602
“Attachment (Interface CDB)” CN601
Attach the new Interface CDB in the reverse process of CN600
the “Detachment (Interface CDB)”.
CN01 CN607
CN710
CN711
CN701

Fig. 6-3 Supporters

2. Detachment (Reactor)
1) Following to work of Detachment of Reactor
2) Remove the connector of the reactor lead wire
connected to the reactor. (2 positions)
3) Remove the connector.
(Φ4 × 8, 2 screws)

3. Attachment (Reactor) Reactor lead × 2

Attach the reactor in the reverse process of the
“3. Detachment (Reactor)”.

209
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks

Fan motor 1.Detachment

1) Following to work of Detachment of , and . Propeller fan
2) Make sure that the fan motor and the propeller fan
stop.
Remove the flange nut from the fan motor and Fan motor
propeller fan.
• Loosen the flange nut by turning clock wise.
(To tighten the flange nut, turn it counter clockwise)
3) Remove the propeller fan.
4) Following to work of Detachment of , 1) to 5).
Flange nut
(Loose it tuning to right)

5) Cut the binding band A (Thickness: 1.1 mm, Compressor case thermostat lead
Width: 2.5 mm) bundling the compressor case thermo- (Black tube)
stat lead.

[Detail.C]
Clamp filter

Pass the binding band

through the hole on the [Detail. C]
clamp filter, and then
bundle compressor case
thermostat lead.

Binding band A4

6) Remove the connector for the fan motor lead.

(The clamp filter is removed and used when installing)
7) Remove the fan motor lead from the fixing rubber for
separate plate.
Fan motor lead fixing rubber

Separate plate

Protrusion/refrigeration
cycle side

210
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Fan motor 8) Cut the binding bands for the air duct fixing fan motor
(continued) and the motor base (2 position ).
9) Loosen the two claws on the motor base.
10) Remove the fixing screws (4 positions) while holding
the fan motor so as not to fall it.
(Shoulder screw with captive washer Φ4 × 20, 4 screws) Claws

2. Attachment
Attach the Fan motor in the reverse process of Air duct
“1. Detachment”.
Motor base Binding bands
* Precautions when assembling the fan motor
• Tighten the flange nut to 4.95 N•m (50 kgf·cm).
Motor base
• To prevent the fan motor leads from coming in contact
with the propeller fan ensure to adjust the length of the
fan motor lead fixing rubber so that the fan motor lead
has no slack.
Attach the fan motor lead fixing rubber to the separate
plate so that the projection is on the refrigeration cycle
side.
• Ensure to bundle in the part where a binding band was
removed with a commercially available binding band.
• Fix the clamp filter again in the place where it has been
removed.

Fan motor

211
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Compressor 1.Detachment
and
compressor
WARNING
lead When removing the brazing part of the suction / discharge
pipe of the compressor, remove the brazing part in a well-
ventilated place after recovering the refrigerant.
If recovery is insufficient, the refrigerant and refrigerating Pipe panel (front)) Pipe panel (rear)
machine oil may blow, causing injury.
Screw Valve fixing screw
screws
1) Recover refrigerant gas.
2) Following to work of Detachment of and .
3) Remove the piping panel (front). Liquid valve
Remove the screws from piping panel (front) and base Gas valve
plate. (Φ4 × 10, 2 hexagon screws)
Remove the screws from the piping panel (front) and The sound proof The sound proof
piping panel (rear). board (top) board (inner ring)
(Φ4 × 10, 1 hexagon screw)
4) Remove the piping panel (rear). Remove the screws on S
the piping panel (rear) and the bottom plate.
(Φ4 × 10, 2 hexagon screws)
5) Remove the valve fixing plate
Remove the screws for the valve fixing plate and Terminal cover
partition plate. (ST3T Φ4 × 8, 1 screw) Compressor lead Compressor lead
Remove two bolts at liquid valve side and valve fixing binding band connector
plate. (DELTITE screw M6 × 15: 2 pcs)
Remove two bolts at gas valve side and valve fixing
plate. (DELTITE screw M6 × 15: 2 pcs)
6) Remove the pipe cover and TD sensor fixed with the
discharge pipe
7) Remove the sound insulation board (upper, inner, and
outer). Binding band fixing inverter box
8) Remove the compressor’ terminal cover (two claws) (2 positions)
and compressor lead and compressor case thermostat
(one claw). Discharge pipe

9) Cut the binding band fixing the inverter box (two Pipe cover
positions) and the other binding band rolled around the
compressor lead.
TD sensor
10) Remove the connector for the compressor lead to
remove the compressor lead. (Keep the ferrite core
attached to the electric parts box.)
11) Remove the discharge and suction pipes connected The soundproof
to the compressor using a burner. board (Upper)
The soundproof
WARNING board (Outer ring)
Ensure extreme caution when removing piping by melting Screw
the weld with a burner as fire may result if there is any oil
within the piping.

NOTE Compressor lead Compressor case

Carefully avoid contact with the 4-way valve and PMV with (Red • White • Black) thermostat
the flame (could result in a malfunction).
Discharge pipe
(Remove here)
12) Remove the refrigeration cycle discharge and suction Suction pipe
pipes by pulling them upwards. (Remove here)
13) Remove the compressor nuts securing the
441

compressor to the base plate. (H13 × 3 nuts)

14) Pull the compressor forwards. Compressor bolts
NOTE (H13 × 3 positions)
positons)

The compressor weighs at least 15 kg. Ensure two people

carry out the work.

212
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Compressor 2. Attachment Compressor lead connector
and
compressor 1) Attach the compressor in the reverse process of
lead “1. Detachment”.
(continued)
• Also ensure to replace the compressor lead
after replacing the compressor.
• Install the sound insulation board (inner and
outer) through the space between the Ferrite core
compressor and the piping, and between the
pipes and separate plate as shown on the right.

3. Vacuum
1) Connect the vacuum pump to the charge port of the Pull out the compressor lead
liquid and gas pipe valves and the check joint on the and compressor case thermostat
high pressure side, and then operate the vacuum lead from this gap.
pump.
2) Vacuum until the vacuum low pressure gauge reaches
1 (mmHg).
NOTE
Fully open the electronic control valve before the vacuum
process. If closed the vacuum pipe between the liquid pipe
valve and electronic control valve of the outdoor unit may
not be able to be drawn through.

Method for forcibly fully opening the electronic control valve Wrap the seam of the soundproof (inner)
• Turn on the power supply breaker. and soundproof (outer) about this position.
• Ensure that D805 of the LED indication of the outdoor is
lit up. If D805 is not lit up (off or flashing) then push and
hold down SW01 and SW02 at the same time for at
least 5 seconds and check that D805 lights up.
• Push and hold SW01 down for at least 5 seconds or to
confirm that D804 is slowly flashing (once/second).
• Push SW01 several times until the LED
indications (D800 to D804) become the following.

D800 D801 D802 D803 D804

: Go ON, : Go OFF, : flash (5 times/sec.)

• Push SW02 and D805 will start rapidly flashing.

Push redundant compressor lead,
• Push and hold SW02 down for at least 5 seconds and compressor case thermostat
the mostat lead into a
D804 will start slowly flashing. clearance
clea ance between
bet een soundproof board
etween oard
Once D805 lights up the PMV will start to open. (inner) and soundproof board
oard (outer).
After 30 seconds turn off the power breaker.
Pull out the compressor lead,
LED indicator the compressor case thermostat lead
from the gap of the soundproof

D800~D805 SW01 SW02

4. Refrigerant encapsulation
Push the sound proof plate (inner and upper)
1) Add the amount of refrigerant determined by the pipe into the inside of the soundproof (outer)
length using the charge port of the valve. securely so that there is no clearance between
sound proof (upper) and sound proof (outer)

213
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
PMV coil 1. Detachment
1) Following to work of Detachment of .
2) Cut the binding band (4 positions) on the back
surface
3) Pull the connector for PMV coil out of CDB

4) Remove the coil from the PMV body by rotating the coil
(about 45°) while drawing the coil upward.
Cut the
2. Attachment binding band

Attach the PMV coil in the reverse process of

“1. Detachment”
1) Fix the coil positioning protrusions securely in the
concavities of the PMV body.
(Fix the coil in the direction where lead wire comes out
at the body’s left diagonally behind.)
2) Attach the PMV coil connector to the CDB P.C. board.

Cut the binding band

PMV coil

PMV coil connector

4-way 1. Detachment
valve coil
1)Following to work Detachment
Cut the binding band
2)Cut the binding band (4 positions) on the back surface.
3)Pull the connector for 4-way valve coil out of CDB
P.C.board.
4)Remove the 4-way valve coil.(M5 screw)

2. Attachment
Attachment the 4-way valve coil in the reverse process
of "1.Detachment"
*Fix the 4-way valve coil with its lead wire upward.

4-way valve coil lead wire 4-way valve coil connector

(Upper side)

Cut the binding band

214
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Liquid 1. Detachment
injection
line PMV 1) Following to work of Detachment of .
coil 2) Cut the binding band (4 positions) on the back
surface
3) Pull the connector for PMV coil out of CDB P.C. board.

2. Attachment
Cut the
Attach the PMV coil in the reverse process of binding band
“1. Detachment”
1) Fix the coil positioning protrusions securely in the
concavities of the PMV body.
(Fix the coil in the direction where lead wire comes out
at the body’s left diagonally behind.)
2) Attach the PMV coil connector to the CDB P.C. board.

Cut the binding band

Liquid injection line

PMV coil

Liquid injection line PMV coil connector

2-way 1. Detachment
valve coil
1) Following to work Detachment
Cut the binding band
2) Cut the binding band (4 positions) on the back
surface.
3) Pull the connector for 2-way valve coil out of CDB
P.C.board.
4) Remove the 2-way valve coil.(M4 screw)

2. Attachment
Attachment the 2-way valve coil in the reverse process
of "1.Detachment"

2-way valve coil connector

2-way valve coil

215
No. Exchange
parts name Work procedure Remarks
Fan guard 1. Detachment
SCREWS
1) Following to work of Detachment of
NOTE
Do the work on a cardboard or a cloth to prevent the
product from being scratched.

2) Remove the 4 screws that secure the fan guard.

(Φ × 10, hexagonal screws)
3) Remove the Air outlet cabinet and place the fan guard
side facing down.
4) Remove the craws (4 places) of the fan guard.

2. Attachment
1) Hook the hooking claws from the front side and press
the craws (4 places) by hand to fix them in place.
2) Fix the fan guard to the air outlet cabinet with 4
screws. (Φ × 10, hexagonal screws) SCREWS

NOTE Hooking craws

Ensure that all the claws are fixed in their specified

position.

Hooking craws

[Reference] 1) TD sensor: discharge pipe

Sensor 2) TL sensor: heat exchanger upside 2) TL sensor
mount 3) TS sensor: 4-way valve - between accumulator
positions
4) TE sensor: lowest capillary joint
5) TO sensor: Heat exchange surface
2) TL sensor
1) TD sensor

5) TO sensor

1) TD sensor

3) TS sensor 4) TE sensor

3) TS sensor 4) TE sensor

216
12 For cooling installation
If user install the Hydro unit to place humidity location or high humidity region, also user use cooling mode, please
attach moisture- proof parts which parts are contained in Hydro unit.

Insulator

• Stick the optional insulator for cooling to the bottom

of the Hydro Unit.

217
13 Periodic inspection items
For a long-term safe operation of this equipment, perform periodic inspection and parts replacement.

<Inspection items>
Hydro unit Frequency Periodic inspection details
1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit / Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
Heater circuit)
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage) Annually Electronic voltage measurement: 220-240 V ±10%
3. Operation check Annually Hot water supply / Heating / *-Cooling operation check with
remote controller
4. Refrigerant leakage / Water leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection and check with a leak tester: No leakage
must be found
5. Water heat exchanger inspection (Internal dirt and Annually Checking for water dirtiness in a closed cycle, Cleaning
clogging)
6. Inlet / Outlet water temperature measurement Annually Temperature measurement: Temperature measurement
during an operation
7. Circulation pump inspection Annually No leakage or abnormal noise must be found (Replacement
every 10 years: Charged)
8. Air vent valve inspection Annually Water leakage, Air vent
9. Expansion vessel Annually Visual check for charge pressure abnormality, water
leakage, or corrosion
10. Heater assembly Annually Check for appearance damage, deformation, or loose
terminal
11. Flow sensor Annually Operation check while running
12. Manometer Annually Water leakage, water pressure check
13. Safety valve Annually Water leakage, Appearance check, Drainage check
14. Water heat exchanger control board, Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal

Outdoor unit Frequency Periodic inspection details

1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit / Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
Compressor)
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage / Rated Annually Electronic voltage measurement:
operation) 220-240 V ±10% (Single phase type)
380-415 V ±10% (3 phase type)
3. Operation frequency (Outdoor unit operation check) Annually Frequency check by sensor information
4. Refrigerant leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection and check connection with a leak tester:
No leakage must be found
5. Air heat exchanger inspection (Dirt and clogging) Annually Visual inspection, Clear clogging
6. Fan inspection (Scratch, damage) Annually Check for scratches or damages to the fan or abnormal
motor sound
7. Cycle parts Annually Operation check by trial run
(Compressor, 4-way valve, Pulse motor valve) Annually
8. Inverter control board, Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal

Hot water cylinder

(HWS-150CSHM3-E(-UK), Frequency Periodic inspection details
210CSHM3-E(-UK), 300CSHM3-E(-UK))
1. Insulation measurement (Power source circuit) Annually Insulation measurement with a mega tester
2. Power source measurement (No-load voltage) Annually Electronic voltage measurement: 220-240 V ±10%
3. Water leakage inspection Annually Visual inspection for leakage: No leakage must be found
4. Terminal block Annually Check for loose connector and connecting terminal
5. Heater assembly Annually Check for appearance damage, deformation, or loose
terminal
6. Temperature, Pressure relief valve (Specification for Annually Drainage check
UK only)

218
14 Part exploded view, part list
Hydro Unit

219
Hydro Unit

220
 Number of pieces per unit
Safety Location HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT-
Part No. Description 601XW 601XW 1101XW 1101XW 1101XW 601XW 601XW 1101XW 1101XW 1101XW
No.
HM3W HT6W- HM3W HT6W- HT9W- HM3W HT6W- HM3W HT6W- HT9W-
-E E -E E E -TR TR -TR TR TR
001 43P00003 PANEL, FRONT, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
002 43P00004 PANEL, SIDE, ASSY 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
003 43P00001 PANEL, UPPER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
004 43P00002 PANEL, LOWER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
HEAT EXCHANGER,
010 43P44001 1 1 1 1 1 1
PIPE ASSY
HEAT EXCHANGER,
011 43P44002 1 1 1 1
PIPE ASSY
012 43P57001 HEATER ASSY, 3KW 1 1 1 1
013 43P57002 HEATER ASSY, 6KW 1 1 1 1
014 43P57003 HEATER ASSY, 9KW 1 1
015 43P77001 PUMP, WATER, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VESSEL, EXPANSION,
016 43P48001 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ASSY
VALVE,
017 43P79005 OVER PRESSURE, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ASSY
018 43P79006 VALVE, AIR VENT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
METER, PRESSURE,
019 43P70007 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ASSY
SENSOR, PRESSURE,
020 43P51002 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NSK-BH010J-872
SENSOR, FLOW,
021 43P50006 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ASSY
030 43P95001 RING, O 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
031 43P95002 RING, O 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
032 43P95003 RING, O 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
033 43P95004 RING, O 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
034 43P79010 FASTENER, QUICK 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
035 43P79002 FASTENER, QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
036 43P79003 FASTENER, QUICK 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
037 43P79004 FASTENER, QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
038 43P79011 FASTENER, QUICK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
039 43P19001 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
040 43P95005 GASKET 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
050 43P50008 SENSOR, TWI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
051 43P50009 SENSOR, TWO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
052 43P50014 SENSOR, THO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
053 43P50015 SENSOR, TC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
054 43P60006 SENSOR, TTF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
REMOTE
070 43P66001 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CONTROLLER
PC BOARD ASSY,
071 43P69003 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MCC1753
PC BOARD ASSY,
072 43P69004 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MCC1755
073 43P60004 TERMINAL, JXO-B2D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
TERMINAL BLOCK,
074 43P60002 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3P, 20A
075 43P60005 TERMINAL BLOCK, 4P 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

221
Outdoor Unit (HWT-401HW-E(TR), HWT-601HW-E(TR))

222
Inverter Assembly (HWT-401HW-E(TR), HWT-601HW-E(TR))

223
 Number of pieces per unit
Safety Location
Part No. Description HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT-
No.
401HW-E 601HW-E 401HW-TR 601HW-TR
001 43P00012 PANEL, AIR OUTLET, ASSY 1 1 1 1
002 43P00013 PANEL, SIDE, RIGHT, ASSY 1 1 1 1
003 43P00014 PANEL, SIDE, LEFT, ASSY 1 1 1 1
004 43P00015 PANEL, ROOF, ASSY 1 1 1 1
005 43P00016 COVER, PACKED, VALVE 1 1 1 1
006 43P19003 GUARD, FAN 1 1 1 1
010 43P42004 COMPRESSOR, ASSY 1 1 1 1
011 43P42003 BOLT, COMPRESSOR 3 3 3 3
012 43P21002 MOTOR, FAN, ICF-140-A43-1 1 1 1 1
013 43P20002 FAN, PROPELLER, PJ441-E 1 1 1 1
014 43P97001 NUT, FLANGE 1 1 1 1
015 43P46011 VALVE, 4WAY, DSF-9C-R410A 1 1 1 1
016 43P46010 COIL, VALVE, 4WAY, DXQ-1233 1 1 1 1
017 43P46008 VALVE, PMV, DPF1.5C-0.4 1 1 1 1
018 43P46009 COIL, PMV, PQ-M10012-000313 1 1 1 1
019 43P51004 SWITCH, PRESSURE, ACB-4UB154W 1 1 1 1
030 43P79008 CAP, WATER-PROOF 2 2 2 2
031 43P19002 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1 1 1
050 43P50007 THERMOSTAT, BIMETAL 1 1 1 1
051 43P42002 HOLDER, THERMO 1 1 1 1
052 43P50012 SENSOR, TD 1 1 1 1
053 43P50013 SENSOR, TL 1 1 1 1
054 43P50010 SENSOR, TE 1 1 1 1
055 43P50004 SENSOR, TO 1 1 1 1
056 43P50011 SENSOR, TS 1 1 1 1
070 43P58002 REACTOR, CH-102 1 1 1 1
071 43P69001 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC1768 1 1 1 1
PC BOARD ASSY, MCC1646,
072 43P69002 1 1 1 1
TERMINAL BLOCK

224
Outdoor Unit
(HWT-801HW-E(TR), HWT-1101HW-E(TR), HWT-801HRW-E, HWT-1101HRW-E)

225
Inverter Assembly
(HWT-801HW-E(TR), HWT-1101HW-E(TR), HWT-801HRW-E, HWT-1101HRW-E)

226
 Number of pieces per unit
Safety Location HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT- HWT-
Part No. Description
No. 801HW 1101HW- 801HRW 1101HRW 801HW 1101HW
-E E -E -E -TR -TR
001 43P00005 PANEL, AIR OUTLET 1 1 1 1 1 1
002 43P00006 PANEL, FRONT, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
003 43P00007 PANEL, SIDE, RIGHT, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
004 43P00008 PANEL, ROOF, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
005 43P00009 PANEL, FRONT, PIPING 1 1 1 1 1 1
006 43P00010 PANEL, BACK, PIPING, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
007 43P00011 STAY 1 1 1 1 1 1
008 43P09001 GUARD, FAN 1 1 1 1 1 1
010 43P42005 COMPRESSOR, ASSY 1 1 1 1 1 1
011 43P42001 BOLT, COMPRESSOR 3 3 3 3 3 3
012 43P21001 MOTOR, FAN, ICF-280-A60-1 1 1 1 1 1 1
013 43P20001 FAN, PROPELLER, PS561-E 1 1 1 1 1 1
014 43P97001 NUT, FLANGE 1 1 1 1 1 1
015 43P46011 VALVE, 4WAY, DSF-9C-R410A 1 1 1 1 1 1
016 43P46012 COIL, VALVE, 4WAY, DXQ-1604 1 1 1 1 1 1
017 43P46001 VALVE, PMV, UKV-18D301 1 1 1 1 1 1
018 43P46002 COIL, PMV, UKV-A040 1 1 1 1 1 1
019 43P46003 VALVE, PMV, FAM-BD14TF 1 1 1 1 1 1
020 43P46004 COIL, PMV, FAM-12TF-1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VALVE, 2WAY,
021 43P46005 1 1 1 1 1 1
TEV-S1220DQ50
COIL, VALVE, 2WAY,
022 43P46007 1 1 1 1 1 1
TEV-SM0AG2260A1
023 43P46006 VALVE, CHECK 1 1 1 1 1 1
SENSOR, PRESSURE,
024 43P51003 1 1 1 1 1 1
NSK-BH042J-873
SWITCH, PRESSURE,
025 43P51001 1 1 1 1 1 1
ACB-4UB231W
030 43P79008 CAP, WATERPROOF 1 1 1 1 1 1
031 43P79009 CAP, WATERPROOF 4 4 4 4 4 4
032 43P19002 NIPPLE, DRAIN 1 1 1 1 1 1
050 43P50007 THERMOSTAT, BIMETAL 1 1 1 1 1 1
051 43P42002 HOLDER, THERMO 1 1 1 1 1 1
052 43P50002 SENSOR, TD 1 1 1 1 1 1
053 43P50001 SENSOR, TL 1 1 1 1 1 1
054 43P50003 SENSOR, TE 1 1 1 1 1 1
055 43P50004 SENSOR, TO 1 1 1 1 1 1
056 43P50005 SENSOR, TS 1 1 1 1 1 1
070 43P58001 REACTOR, CH-101 1 1 1 1 1 1
071 43P69005 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC1705 1 1 1 1 1 1
072 43P69006 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC1675 1 1 1 1 1 1
073 43P69007 PC BOARD ASSY, MCC1646 1 1 1 1 1 1
074 43P60001 FUSE, 10A 1 1 1 1 1 1
075 43P60002 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 20A 1 1 1 1 1 1
076 43P60003 TERMINAL BLOCK, 3P, 60A 1 1 1 1 1 1

227
MEMO
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
...................................................................................................
228
Copyright © 2021 Toshiba Carrier Air-conditioning Europe Sp. z o.o., ALL Rights Reserved.